WO2014114183A1 - Platinum (ii) compound for treating tumor cell proliferative disease - Google Patents

Platinum (ii) compound for treating tumor cell proliferative disease Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014114183A1
WO2014114183A1 PCT/CN2014/000061 CN2014000061W WO2014114183A1 WO 2014114183 A1 WO2014114183 A1 WO 2014114183A1 CN 2014000061 W CN2014000061 W CN 2014000061W WO 2014114183 A1 WO2014114183 A1 WO 2014114183A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
water
add
cycloalkyl
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/000061
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陈小平
高泽军
孟小平
温守明
闫亚矢
赵锋
Original Assignee
北京市丰硕维康技术开发有限责任公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 北京市丰硕维康技术开发有限责任公司 filed Critical 北京市丰硕维康技术开发有限责任公司
Priority to CN201480002915.4A priority Critical patent/CN104995201B/en
Publication of WO2014114183A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014114183A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/555Heterocyclic compounds containing heavy metals, e.g. hemin, hematin, melarsoprol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K47/00Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
    • A61K47/06Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
    • A61K47/26Carbohydrates, e.g. sugar alcohols, amino sugars, nucleic acids, mono-, di- or oligo-saccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. polysorbates, sorbitan fatty acid esters or glycyrrhizin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K9/00Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K9/0012Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
    • A61K9/0019Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F15/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F15/0006Compounds containing elements of Groups 8, 9, 10 or 18 of the Periodic Table compounds of the platinum group
    • C07F15/0086Platinum compounds
    • C07F15/0093Platinum compounds without a metal-carbon linkage

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a platinum compound against cell proliferative diseases, in particular to a type of leaving group malonate derivative
  • Cancer malignant tumor is one of the most important diseases that currently threaten human life. In recent years, the incidence and mortality of tumors have risen sharply. The trend of tumor development disclosed by the World Health Organization shows that since 1996, the number of newly diagnosed tumor patients worldwide has exceeded 10 million. By the end of 1999, the total number of cancer patients worldwide has exceeded 4,000. 10,000 people, about 7 million people die of various tumors every year in the world. In 2001, the world cancer morbidity and mortality rate increased by 22% compared with 1990, which is the second leading cause of death after cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases.
  • the cancers are lung cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, cervical cancer, esophageal cancer and bladder cancer.
  • Anti-tumor drugs are the most common treatment method. In 2008, global anti-cancer drug market sales were US$48 billion. At present, clinical anti-tumor drugs are mainly divided into sputum agents, antimetabolites, metal platinum, plant alkaloids and other natural drugs, cytotoxic antibiotics and other major categories. Platinum antineoplastic agents are one of the most important antitumor drugs, and were the first anticancer drugs developed in the 1960s. An important difference from traditional cytotoxic anti-tumor drugs is that they have a unique mechanism of action and good anti-tumor selectivity.
  • DNA which is interlinked between DNA strands and chains, forms platinum complexes ⁇ DNA complexes, interferes with DNA replication, or binds to nuclear proteins and cytoplasmic proteins. It is a cyclic non-specific drug.
  • platinum complexes ⁇ DNA complexes, interferes with DNA replication, or binds to nuclear proteins and cytoplasmic proteins. It is a cyclic non-specific drug.
  • platinum antitumor drugs are currently more toxic, such as myelosuppression, renal toxicity, nerve damage, etc., poor solubility, relatively narrow anticancer spectrum, and drug resistance. Therefore, the design and synthesis of novel platinum antitumor drugs is still one of the main directions of anticancer drug research (MA Jakuper, M. Galanski, BK Keppler. Tumour-inhibit ing platinum complexes-state of art and future perspect ives, Rev. Physiol Biochem Pharmacol, 2003, 146, 1-53).
  • the solubility of oxaplatin is 2.65 mg/ml
  • the solubility of later oxaliplatin is 7.9 mg/ml
  • the solubility of nedaplatin is 8 mg/ml
  • the solubility of carboplatin is 17.8 mg/ml.
  • the solubility is 27 mg/ml, and the toxic side effects of oxaliplatin and carboplatin are lower than that of cisplatin.
  • the present invention provides a class of platinum compounds for treating proliferative diseases, in particular, a leaving group containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a quaternary amino group, a malonate derivative, which is pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • a leaving group containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a quaternary amino group, a malonate derivative which is pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • the salt, the solvate, the stereoisomer or the prodrug thereof have strong anti-tumor effect in vivo and in vitro, and the solubility is greatly improved, and the toxic and side-effect is significantly reduced. Unexpected technical effects.
  • the structure of this class of compounds is shown in formula A:
  • R includes, but is not limited to, hydrogen, fluorenyl, cyclodecyl, decyloxyalkyl, alkylaminoindolyl, heterocyclic, alkenyl, alkynyl, above alkyl, cyclodecyl, alkenyl,
  • the alkynyl, alkoxyfluorenyl, anthranylamino and heterocyclic rings may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, decyl, alkoxyalkyl, Substituted by cycloalkyl, nonylamino, amino, heterocyclic.
  • Ro may or may not exist, as R.
  • the compounds of the invention are quaternary ammonium salts and must have corresponding negative ions present simultaneously.
  • R. When present, the compound of the invention is a tertiary amine, a secondary amine or a primary amine compound; when R. When present, R.
  • an anthracenyl group a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkylaminoalkyl group, a heterocyclic ring, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a above fluorenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group,
  • the decyloxy group, the alkylaminoalkyl group and the heterocyclic ring may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cyclodecyl, a hydrazine amino group, an amino group, a heterocyclic ring;
  • R 2 may be the same or different and include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, decyloxy, fluorenylamino, heterocyclic, alkenyl, alkynyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl
  • the base, alkenyl group, chain block group, alkoxyfluorenyl group, nonylamino group and heterocyclic ring may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorenyl, Alkoxycarbonyl, cyclodecyl, alkylamino, amino, heterocyclic substituted under the condition of R. Or if it contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly connected to the nitrogen atom;
  • R 2 and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may also form a closed saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring, for example, may be a ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven-membered or eight-membered ring, and the above ring may also be It is optionally fused to other rings and may be optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, decyl, decyloxy, cyclodecyl, heterocyclic, aryl, provided that! If ⁇ or ⁇ contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly connected to the nitrogen atom;
  • anthracenyl group, a cyclodecyl group, -R 31 -0-R 32 -, R 3 , and 2 are independently selected from a bond or a hydrocarbon group, and R 31 is bonded to a nitrogen atom in the formula, provided that If R 31 contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly bonded to the nitrogen atom; the above alkyl or cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen or hydroxy group. Substituted with methoxy, decyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamino, amino, heterocyclic, etc.;
  • R, R. , R, R 2 and the atoms to which they are attached may also form a closed saturated or unsaturated ring, for example, may be a ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven- or eight-membered ring, the above ring It may also optionally be fused to other rings, and may be optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, decyloxy, decyl, decyloxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl; for example, ! ⁇ And!
  • ⁇ and their commonly associated atoms together can also form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven- or eight-membered ring; it can also be connected to its common
  • the atoms together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven-membered or eight-membered ring; or an atom connected to 1 ⁇ and its co-phase to form a closed saturated or unsaturated three Yuan, quaternary, five-yuan, six-member, seven- or eight-membered ring; or ⁇ and R, and
  • the atoms connected together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven-membered or eight-membered ring; and R 5 may be the same or different and may be, but not limited to: hydrogen, hydroxyl , fluorenyl
  • R 5 and the atoms to which they are attached may also form a closed ring, such as a five-, six-, seven-, or eight-membered ring, which may optionally be fused to other rings, and may Optionally replaced.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl; R. And and are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C, -8 alkyl, cyclodecyl, alkoxy fluorenyl, amino, hydrazinoalkyl, heterocyclic; R 3 may be, but not limited to: C, s s decyl, hydrazine R; and R 5 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, C, -s decyl, cyclodecyl, alkoxy, decyloxy, heterocyclic.
  • R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted indenyl, cycloalkyl, nonyloxyindenyl, alkylaminoindenyl, heterocyclic, alkenyl, alkynyl, R.
  • R, R 2 , R 3 , and R 5 are as described above.
  • R is H
  • ⁇ And! The atoms they are connected together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-, six-, seven- or eight-membered ring; or! ⁇ Together with R, , ⁇ and their associated atoms form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, quaternary, hexavalent, seven- or eight-membered ring.
  • the present invention also provides a compound of the formula C and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that is, a compound obtained when R 4 and R 5 and the atom to which they are bonded form a closed ring, as follows:
  • R, R. , R, R 2 . R 3 is selected from the group as described above
  • w is preferred but not limited to:
  • Preferred compounds are (s) trans 1,2-hexyl, pentane, butyl and propyl Amine platinum (ruthenium).
  • the hydrogen may be substituted by halogen, thiol, hydroxy, hydroxydecyl or alkoxy.
  • hydroxymethyl group (F) is preferred.
  • Rn may be, but not limited to, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyalkyl, alkane, alkoxy, heterocyclic, etc., R,.
  • may be the same or different, and a hydroxymethyl group is preferred.
  • R 13 may be -CH 2 - or -0-, preferably -CH 2 -.
  • may be hydrogen, halogen, fluorenyl, decyloxy, hydroxydecyl or hydroxy, and R 14 is preferably hydrogen.
  • Preferred compounds have the following structure:
  • the term "mercapto" refers to a straight or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group.
  • the fluorenyl group has 1-20 (C 1-2 ), 1-15 (d- 15 ), 1-10 (C, - 10 ) , a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group of 7 (Cw) or ⁇ (CH) carbon atoms, or 3 - 20 (C 3 - 20 ), Branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon groups of 3- 15 (C 3 - 15 ) , 3- 10 (C 3 - , .), 3-7 (C 3 - 7 ) or 3- 4 (C 3 - 4 ) carbon atoms .
  • alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl (including all isomeric forms), hexyl (including all isomeric forms), heptyl (including all isomeric forms), octyl (including all isomeric forms), thiol (including all isomeric forms), thiol (including all isomers) Form), undecyl (including all isomeric forms), dodecyl (including all isomeric forms), tridecyl (including all isomeric forms), tetradecyl (including all isoforms)
  • a structure fifteen fluorenyl (including all isomeric forms), hexadecyl (including all isomeric forms), heptadecyl (including all isomeric forms), octadecy
  • “Mercapto” may be optionally substituted by one, two, three or four of the following substituents: halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyclodecyloxy, heteroepoxy Base, oxo, chain decanoyl, aryloxy, decanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, arylmethylamino, cyclodecylamino, heterocyclic amino, substituted tertiary ammonia (of which 2 nitrogen).
  • the substituent is selected from decyl, aryl or aryl fluorenyl, alkanoylamino, aroylamino, aryl decanoylamino, substituted alkanoylamino, substituted arylamino, substituted aryl decanoyl, thiol, hydrazine Thiothio, arylthio, aralkylthio, cycl
  • alkoxy refers to a straight one having 1 ⁇ OO ⁇ 1-15 (CBu 15 ), 1-10 ((:, —, .), l_7 (Cw) or 1- 4 (C ⁇ ) carbon atoms. or a saturated monovalent hydrocarbon chain of 3-20 (C 3 2.), 3- 15 (- 3-10 (C: MO), 3-7 (C 3 - 7) or 3- 4 (C M) carbon atoms a branched group of a saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group bonded to an oxygen atom.
  • Examples of the decyloxy group include, but are not limited to, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, and an isobutyl group.
  • alkylamino means that 1 or 2 of H of - 2 are each having 1 - 10 ⁇ ⁇ ), 1-6 or 1-4 (C, - 4 ) a linear sulfhydryl group of a carbon atom or a branched group substituted with 3-10 (C :M .), 3- 6 (C) or 3-4 (C) carbon atoms; when the above two H are simultaneously When substituted, the substituents may be the same or different.
  • alkylamino groups include, but are not limited to, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, dipropylamino, isopropylamino, diisopropylamino, n-butylamino, isobutylamino, t-butylamino, Di-n-butylamino, diisobutylamino, di-tert-butylamino, pentylamino, dipentylamino, hexylamino, dihexylamino, heptylamino, diheptylamino, octylamino, dioctylamino, decylamino, dinonylamino, Amidino, di-amino, N-methyl-N-ethylamino, N-methyl-N-propylamino, N-methyl-N-isopropylamin
  • halogen refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
  • hydrocarbyl refers to a functional group containing only two atoms of carbon and hydrogen.
  • aryl refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring portion, such as phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl and diphenyl, each of which may be substituted.
  • Aryl may be optionally substituted by the following substituents: for example, fluorenyl, halogen, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, decyloxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclooxy, alkanoyl , chain decanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, aralkylamine Base, cyclodecylamino, heterocyclic amino, dinonylamino, decanoylamino, thiol, decylthio, cyclodecylthio, heterocyclic thio, ureido, nitro, cyano, carboxy And a carboxy fluorenyl group, a carbamoyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, a fluorenylthiocarbonyl group, an arylthiocarbonyl group, a decylsulfonyl group, a sulfinylamino group, an
  • aryl refers to an aryl group bonded directly through a thiol group, such as benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl.
  • alkenyl refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, most preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, having from one to four double bonds, and also includes Groups having "cis” and “trans” configurations, or "E” and “Z” configurations, will be understood by those skilled in the art.
  • Alkenyl may be optionally substituted by, for example, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyl. Alkanoyloxy, amino, mercaptoamino, dinonylamino, alkanoylamino, thiol, alkylthio, decylthiocarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfinamide, nitro, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, a substituted carbamoyl group, a fluorenyl group, and a heterocyclic group, such as a fluorenyl group, an imidazolyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, etc. .
  • alkynyl refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and most preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, having from one to four triple bonds.
  • the groups also include groups having the "cis” and “trans” configurations, or the “E” and “Z” configurations, as will be understood by those skilled in the art.
  • Alkynyl may be optionally substituted by the following substituents: halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyl, decanoyloxy, amino, decylamino, dimethylamino, decanoylamino, sulphur Hydroxy, alkylthio, decylthiol, alkylsulfonyl, sulfinamido, nitro, cyano, carboxy, carbamoyl, substituted carbamoyl, fluorenyl and heterocyclic, eg imidazole A group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group or the like.
  • cycloalkyl refers to an optionally substituted, saturated ring containing preferably from 1 to 3 rings and each ring (which may be further fused to an unsaturated C 3 -C 7 carbocycle) containing from 3 to 7 carbons.
  • Cyclic hydrocarbon ring system Exemplary groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododedecyl and adamantyl.
  • substituents include one or more sulfhydryl groups as described above, or one or more thiol substituents as described above.
  • heterocyclic refers to an optionally substituted, fully saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic ring group, for example, the ring is a 4-7 membered monocyclic ring, A 7- to 11-membered bicyclic or 10-15 membered tricyclic system containing at least one heteroatom on a ring containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the hetero atom-containing heterocyclic group may have 1, 2, 3 or 4 hetero atoms selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom on each ring, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur hetero atoms may also optionally be The oxidized and nitrogen heteroatoms can also optionally be quaternized.
  • the heterocyclic group can be attached to any hetero atom or carbon atom.
  • Exemplary monocyclic heterocyclic groups include pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, indenyl, pyrazolyl, oxabutyryl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, Oxazolidine, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadipine Azyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperrazinyl, 2-oxo Piperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolenyl, 2-oxoazepine, azetyl, 4-piperidinone, pyridyl, N-oxo-pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimi
  • bicyclic heterocyclic groups include benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothienyl, quinuclidinyl, quinolinyl, quinolinyl-N-oxide, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, iso Quinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyranyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, chromenyl, coumarinyl, 1,2-naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, anthracene Azyl, pyrrolopyridyl, furopyridinyl (eg, furo[2,3-c]pyridyl, furo[3,1-b]pyridyl or furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl) , dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroquinazolinyl (eg 3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl),
  • heteroatom includes oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes salts of the active compounds which are prepared according to the particular substituents present on the compounds described herein using relatively non-toxic acids or bases.
  • a base addition salt can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of the compound with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either alone or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • the salt derived from a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic base include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric iron, ferrous iron, lithium, magnesium, manganese, divalent manganese, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic amines, natural amines and the like, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N, N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamino, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, Glucosamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methyl glucosamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resin, procaine, guanidine , theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine, and the like.
  • arginine betaine
  • caffeine choline
  • N N
  • the acid addition salt can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of the compound with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either alone or in a suitable inert solvent.
  • suitable inert solvent examples include those derived from inorganic acids, such as nitrates, carbonates, bicarbonates, phosphates, hydrogen phosphates, dihydrogen phosphates, sulfates, Hydrogen sulphate, phosphite, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, etc.; from relatively non-toxic organic acids a derivative salt, such as acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluene Sulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, methanesulfonic acid, and the like
  • salts of amino acids such as arginine and the like
  • salts of organic acids such as glucuronic acid or galactonic acid.
  • the leaving group of the compound of the present invention contains a basic group which can be salted with an acid, and a salt of the platinum (I I) compound can be prepared by a method well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Corresponding salts can also be formed with inorganic acids such as nitric acid, carbonic acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid.
  • the acids which can be used include organic acids, inorganic acids and the like.
  • a lower sulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid or trifluoromethanesulfonic acid can form a methanesulfonate or a triflate; and an arylsulfonic acid such as benzenesulfonic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • the form of the compound of the present invention and its salt can be converted into each other by a conventional method in the art, for example, by contacting the salt with a base or an acid and then separating the compound in a free form in a conventional manner, or by adding the compound to an acid or a base.
  • the salt form is isolated by conventional methods.
  • the invention provides a compound in the form of a prodrug ester.
  • prodrugs of the compounds described herein are those compounds which readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to give the compounds of the invention.
  • prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment.
  • a prodrug can be slowly converted to a compound of the invention when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir containing a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent.
  • Prodrugs are often pharmacologically inert compounds prior to conversion to the active drug, but this is not required.
  • the "precursor moiety" of the active drug can be obtained by masking a functional group of the drug that may be required for the active moiety with a "precursor group” (defined below) to form a functional group that can be converted (eg, cleaved under specific conditions of use) to release the functional group. ", get a prodrug.
  • the precursor moiety can be catalyzed or induced, for example, by a hydrolysis reaction, or by another substrate (such as an enzyme, light, acid or base) or physical or environmental parameter changes (such as temperature changes) or exposure to physical or environmental parameters. , for spontaneous lysis.
  • the agent may be endogenous to the environment of use, such as an enzyme present in the cells to which the prodrug is administered or an acidic environment of the stomach, or may be provided by an exogenous source.
  • Precursor group refers to a class of protecting groups that are capable of converting a drug into a prodrug when used to mask a functional group in the active drug to form a "precursor moiety.”
  • the precursor group is typically linked to the functional group of the drug by a bond which is cleavable under the particular conditions of use.
  • the precursor group is part of a precursor moiety that is cleaved under specific conditions of use and released Functional group.
  • the formula -NH-C (0) CH 3 amide promoiety comprising a precursor group - C (0) CH 3.
  • precursor groups suitable for masking functional groups in the active compound to give prodrugs and the resulting precursor moieties are well known in the art.
  • the hydroxy functionality can be masked to a sulfonate, ester (e.g., acetate or maleate) or carbonate precursor moiety which can be hydrolyzed in vivo to provide a hydroxyl group.
  • the amino functional group can be masked to an amide, carbamate, imine, urea, phenylphosphino, pity acyl or oxythio precursor moiety which can be hydrolyzed in vivo to give an amino group.
  • the carboxyl group can be masked as an ester (including methyl, ethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, silicylide, and thioester), an amide or a hydrazide precursor which can be hydrolyzed in vivo to give a carboxyl group.
  • the present invention includes those esters and acyl groups known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations. Specific examples of suitable precursor groups and their corresponding precursor moieties will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
  • Certain compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms including hydrated forms.
  • “Solvate” means a complex formed by the combination of a solvent molecule and a molecule or ion of a solute.
  • the solvent may be an organic compound, an inorganic compound or a mixture of the two.
  • Some examples of solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl sulfoxide, and water.
  • the solvated forms are equivalent to the unsolvated forms and are included within the scope of the invention.
  • Certain compounds of the invention may exist in a polymorphic or amorphous form. In general, all physical forms are the same and are within the scope of the invention for the purposes contemplated by the present invention.
  • Certain compounds of the invention have asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers, regioisomers, and individual isomers (eg, isolated enantiomers) All are included in the scope of the invention. These isomers may be resolved or asymmetrically synthesized by conventional methods to render the isomer "optically pure", i.e., substantially free of other isomers thereof. For example, if a particular enantiomer of a compound of the invention is desired, it can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis or by derivatization with a chiral auxiliary, wherein the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group is cleaved.
  • the pure desired enantiomer is obtained.
  • a basic functional group such as an amino group or an acidic functional group such as a carboxyl group
  • an asymmetrically active salt is formed with a suitable optically active acid or base, and then the resulting non-form is formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic methods well known in the art.
  • the enantiomers are resolved and the pure enantiomers are recovered.
  • the compounds of the invention may also contain an unusual proportion of atomic isotopes in one or more of the atoms that make up the compound.
  • the compound can be labeled with a radioactive isotope such as hydrazine (3 ⁇ 4), iodine-125 ( '25 1) or carbon-14 ( 14 C). All isotopic forms of the compounds of the invention, whether or not they are radioactive, are included within the scope of the invention.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a process for the preparation of the aforementioned compounds.
  • the preparation method of the formula (A) comprises the following steps:
  • the preferred preparation method is as follows:
  • reaction solution (3) The reaction solution is cooled to below 20 ° C, dissolved in R 5 NH 2 with water, added dropwise to the reaction solution of (2), and reacted in a water bath at 40-60 ° C for 30-60 min, and a large amount of yellow precipitate is formed.
  • the temperature in the reaction liquid was cooled to 20 ° C or less and filtered under suction, and washed with water, anhydrous ethanol and diethyl ether to obtain diiododiamine platinum (11).
  • the product obtained above can also be further prepared as a chiral compound and other pharmaceutically acceptable salts by conventional methods in the art.
  • the obtained product is made into a free base at a pH of 9-11, dissolved in an organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol, and reacted with a different acid to form a corresponding salt; or
  • the obtained compound is dissolved by adding water, cooled, and then filled with an anion exchange resin (0H type) column to be converted into a quaternary ammonium hydroxide obtained by replacing the other anion radicals with a hydroxyl group, and the corresponding salt is obtained by adding an acid;
  • the obtained compound can also be made into a free base under the condition of pH 9-11, dissolved in a small molecule alcohol such as methanol, ethanol and the like, and an appropriate amount of chiral mandelic acid solution is obtained.
  • the chiral mandelic acid salt crystallizes and can be obtained by repeated operations to obtain a pure chiral product.
  • the present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a stereoisomer, a prodrug or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or excipient.
  • the composition contains from 0.01% to 100%, preferably from 0.1% to 100%, more preferably from 1% to 100%, still more preferably from 20% to 100% by weight, of one or more compounds of the invention, the remainder Part of it consists of a suitable pharmaceutical carrier and/or excipient.
  • Compositions of the compounds of the invention may be combined with the routes of administration by methods well known in the art using suitable carriers and/or excipients.
  • the amount of active compound in a unit dosage formulation may vary from 0.001 mg to 1000 mg, preferably from 0.1 mg to 500 tng, more preferably from 1 mg to 100 mg, most preferably from 10 mg to 50 mg.
  • Administration can be, for example, oral, topical, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal, transdermal, intramuscular, intra-articular, parenteral, intra-arterial, intradermal, intraventricular, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intralesional, intranasal, intranasal , rectal, vaginal, inhaled or through an implanted reservoir.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional, and intracranial injection or infusion techniques.
  • the composition is administered intravenously.
  • the formulations of the invention may be designed to be fast acting, immediate release or long lasting.
  • compositions of the invention may be formulated as a medicament for administration to a mammal, preferably a human.
  • composition comprising one or more of the invention may be administered repeatedly, for example at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or more times, or the composition may be administered by continuous infusion.
  • Suitable sites for administration include, but are not limited to, blood vessels, muscles, skin, bronchi, gastrointestinal, anus, vagina, eyes and ears.
  • the preparation may be in the form of a liquid dosage form, a lyophilized powder form, a solid or a semi-solid, such as a solution, a suspension, an emulsion, a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a powder, a suppository, a retention enema, a cream, an ointment, a lotion
  • a gelling agent, an aerosol, or the like is preferably suitable for simply administering an accurate dosage unit dosage form.
  • compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable solution and a sterile packaged powder.
  • the injection is prepared in 114. 5-7.
  • compositions of the invention in sterile injectable form are aqueous or oily suspensions. These suspensions may be formulated with suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents according to techniques known in the art.
  • the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension or dispersion in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, non-volatile oils are often used as solvents. Or suspending the matrix.
  • any brand of non-volatile oil including synthetic mono- or diglycerides can be used.
  • natural pharmaceutically acceptable oils such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated form
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectable preparations.
  • These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethylcellulose or similar dispersions typically used in formulations of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Agent.
  • compositions for parenteral administration by injection for example, bolus injection or continuous infusion, can be formulated.
  • Unit dosage forms for injection can be in ampoules or in multi-dose containers.
  • compositions of the invention may also be provided in lyophilized form.
  • Such compositions may comprise a buffer such as a hydrogencarbonate for reconstitution prior to administration, or a buffer may be included in the lyophilized composition for, for example, water reconstitution.
  • the lyophilized composition may also contain a suitable vasoconstrictor, such as epinephrine.
  • the lyophilized composition can be provided by syringe, optionally packaged with a buffer for reconstitution, so that the reconstituted composition can be administered to the patient immediately.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may also be in any orally acceptable dosage form, including tablets, capsules, cachets, emulsions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, elixirs, sprays, pills, troches, powders. , granules and sustained release preparations.
  • Suitable excipients for oral administration include pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, gelatin, sucrose, magnesium carbonate and the like.
  • commonly used carriers include lactose and corn starch.
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate is usually also added.
  • useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch.
  • the active ingredient is mixed with emulsifying and suspending agents.
  • Some sweeteners, flavoring agents or coloring agents may also be added as appropriate.
  • a liquid or composition is prepared by topical or intravenous administration of a solution or suspension.
  • Pharmaceutical preparations in the form of liquid suspensions or solutions may be prepared using sterile liquids such as oil, water, ethanol, and combinations thereof.
  • a suitable surfactant, suspending agent or emulsifier may be added to the agent.
  • the suspension may contain oils such as peanut oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil and olive oil.
  • the suspension formulation may also contain esters of fatty acids such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate; fatty acid glycerides and acetyl fatty acid glycerides.
  • the suspension formulation may contain an alcohol such as ethanol, isopropanol, cetyl alcohol, glycerol and propylene glycol.
  • Ethers such as poly(ethylene glycol); petroleum hydrocarbons such as mineral oil and petrolatum, water can also be used in suspension formulations.
  • the composition may be in the form of a pill, a tablet or a capsule, and thus, the composition may contain one or more diluents such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, etc.; a disintegrating agent such as starch or a derivative thereof; Lubricants, such as magnesium stearate, and the like; and/or binders such as starch, gum arabic, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gelatin, cellulose, and derivatives thereof. Tablets can be prepared by any compression or molding process known to those skilled in the art.
  • diluents such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, etc.
  • a disintegrating agent such as starch or a derivative thereof
  • Lubricants such as magnesium stearate, and the like
  • binders such as starch, gum arabic, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gelatin, cellulose, and derivatives thereof. Tablets can be prepared by any compression or molding process known to those skilled in the art
  • a compressed tablet of the present invention in a free-flowing form e.g., powder or granule
  • admixture e.g., a binder, a lubricant, a diluent, a disintegrant, or a dispersing agent
  • Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a powder mixture of the compound of the invention and any suitable carrier.
  • compositions of the invention may be in the form of a suppository for rectal administration.
  • suppositories can be prepared by admixing the drug with suitable suitable non-irritating excipients which are solid at room temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and thereby release the drug in the rectum.
  • suitable suitable non-irritating excipients include cocoa butter, beeswax, polyethylene glycol, hard fat and/or hydrogenated cocoglyceride.
  • Compositions suitable for rectal administration may also contain rectal enema units containing one or more compounds of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle (for example, a 50% aqueous solution of ethanol or saline), such vehicles and rectal and / or the colon is physiologically compatible.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for example, a 50% aqueous solution of ethanol or saline
  • the rectal enema unit contains an applicator tip protected by an inert lid which preferably consists of polyethylene, lubricated with a lubricant such as white petrolatum, preferably protected by a one-way valve to prevent backflow of the ejected drug.
  • the rectal enema unit is also of sufficient length, preferably 2 inches, to be inserted through the anus into the colon.
  • compositions of the present invention may also be in the form of topical administration, especially when the therapeutic target includes areas or organs which are easily accessible by topical application, and diseases of these organs include diseases of the eyes, skin or lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations for use in these areas or organs or organs in these organs are readily prepared.
  • compositions containing one or more compounds of the invention may be in the form of emulsions, lotions, gels, foams, creams, jellies, solutions, suspensions, ointments and transdermal patches. .
  • Topical administration in the lower intestinal tract can be achieved by a rectal suppository formulation or a suitable enema formulation. Topical transdermal patches can also be used.
  • a pharmaceutical composition in the form of a suitable ointment containing the active ingredient suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers may be formulated.
  • Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water.
  • a pharmaceutical composition in the form of a suitable lotion or cream may be formulated containing the active ingredient suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include mineral oil, Span-60, Tween-60, cetyl ester, wax, cetyl alcohol, 2-octyl decadiol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation.
  • a dry powder or liquid form of the composition can be delivered by a nebulizer.
  • Such compositions are prepared according to techniques known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation, and may be employed in saline, with benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, bioavailability absorption enhancers, fluorocarbons and/or other conventional solubilizing agents or A dispersant prepares a composition in the form of a solution.
  • compositions include ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin; serum proteins such as human serum albumin; buffer substances such as phosphate; glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate a mixture of partial glycerides of saturated plant fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts; colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinylpyrrolidone , Cellulosic materials, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and lanolin.
  • ion exchangers alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin
  • serum proteins such as human serum albumin
  • buffer substances such as phosphate
  • excipients include, but are not limited to, water, saline, lactose, glucose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starch, gum arabic, calcium phosphate, alginate, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline Cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, syrup, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and polyacrylic acid, such as carbopol.
  • compositions may also contain lubricants such as talc, magnesium stearate and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifiers; suspending agents; preservatives such as methyl-, ethyl- and propyl-hydroxy-benzoates; Regulators such as inorganic and organic acids and bases; sweeteners; and flavoring agents.
  • lubricants such as talc, magnesium stearate and mineral oil
  • wetting agents such as talc, magnesium stearate and mineral oil
  • emulsifiers such as methyl-, ethyl- and propyl-hydroxy-benzoates
  • preservatives such as methyl-, ethyl- and propyl-hydroxy-benzoates
  • Regulators such as inorganic and organic acids and bases; sweeteners; and flavoring agents.
  • compositions may further comprise other active ingredients for the treatment or adjuvant treatment of proliferative diseases, or in combination with other drugs for the treatment or adjuvant treatment of proliferative diseases.
  • an anti-proliferative agent, an immunomodulator, an anticancer drug, a cytotoxic agent, and an antitumor auxiliary drug other than the present invention are used in combination.
  • anti-proliferative agents such as methotrexate, FK506 ( Futomycin , Pro gra f), mycophenolic mofetil; cytotoxic drugs such as azathioprine and cyclophosphamide; TNF- ⁇ inhibitors, such as tenidap; anti-TNF antibodies or soluble TNF receptors, such as etanercept (Enbrel); rapamycin, Ieflunimide, and cyclooxygenase-2 (C0X-2) inhibitors, such as Celecoxib and rofecoxib, or derivatives thereof; and PTK inhibitors disclosed in the prior art.
  • anti-proliferative agents such as methotrexate, FK506 ( Futomycin , Pro gra f), mycophenolic mofetil
  • cytotoxic drugs such as azathioprine and cyclophosphamide
  • TNF- ⁇ inhibitors such as tenidap
  • Typical types of anticancer and cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustard, alkyl sulfonates, nitroureas, aziridines and triazene; antimetabolites such as folic acid Salt antagonists, purine analogs and pyrimidine analogs; antibiotics such as anthracycline, bleomycin, mitomycin, dactinomycin and plenummycin, enzymes such as L-asparaginase; Nylon protein transferase inhibitors; hormone agents, for example, glucocorticoids, estrogens/antiestrogens, androgens/antiandrogens, progesterone, luteinizing hormone releasing hormone antagonists, acetic acid, and microtubule destruction Agents such as echinosin or analogues and derivatives thereof; microtubule stabilizers, such as paclitaxel, docetaxel, and othi lone or analogs or derivatives thereof; plant-derived products
  • anticancer and cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, nitrogen mustard, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, anti-tumorine, ifosfamide, busulfan, carmustine, ring Nitrosourea, nitrosourea, streptozotocin, thiotepa, dacarbazine, methotrexate, thiopterin, guanidinium, fludarabine, pentastat in, claripine, a Sugar Cytidine, fluorouracil, doxorubicin hydrochloride, daunorubicin, demethoxydaunorubicin, bleomycin sulfate, mitomycin (:, actinomycin D, safracins, small nomiline, quinocarcins , discodermol ides, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine tartrate, etoposide, podophyllotoxin, paclit
  • Preferred members of these categories include, but are not limited to: paclitaxel, cisplatin, carboplatin, doxorubicin, noredamycin, daunorubicin, aminoguanidine, methotrexate, methylhydrazine, silk Mycomycin (:, ecteinascidin, buffomycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, gemcitabine, cytarabine, podophyllotoxin or podophyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate or ghost Lethiophene glycosides, anti-tyrosine, vinblastine, vincristine, isovinblastine, vindesine, and vinorelbine.
  • antineoplastic agents and other cytotoxic agents include: US6262094, DE4138042, W097/19086, W098/2246K W098/25929, W098/38192, W099/01124, W099/02224 W099/02514, W099/03848, W099/07692, W099/27890, W099/28324> W099/43653, W099/54330 W099/54318, W099/54319, W099/65913, W099/67252, W099/67253, and epothi lone derivatives in WOOO/00485; W099/24416 Cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors; and isoprenyl protein transferase inhibitors such as W097/30992 and W098/54966.
  • the invention also provides a method of treating a cell proliferative disorder comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula A.
  • Cell proliferative disorder refers to a disorder characterized by abnormal proliferation of cells. Proliferative disease does not imply any limitation on the rate of cell growth, but merely indicates loss of normal control of growth and cell division. Thus, cells of proliferative disease can have the same rate of cell division as normal cells, but do not respond to signals that limit this growth. “Cell proliferative disease” is in the range of neoplasms or tumors, and neoplasms or tumors are abnormal growth of tissues. “Cancer” refers to any of a variety of malignant tumors characterized by cell proliferation that have the ability to invade surrounding tissues and/or metastasize to new colonization sites.
  • cell proliferative disorders that can be treated with the compounds disclosed herein involve any disorder characterized by abnormal cell proliferation.
  • disorders include a variety of benign or malignant, metastatic or non-metastatic tumors and cancers.
  • the specific properties of cancer, such as tissue invasiveness or metastasis, can be combated by the methods described herein.
  • Cell proliferative diseases include a variety of cancers, including but not limited to: cancer: including bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, esophageal cancer, Gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, cervical cancer, thyroid cancer, skin cancer, and squamous cell carcinoma; Hematopoietic tumors of the lymphatic system: including leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, beta-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins' lymphoma, non-Hodgkins' lymphoma, villous cell lymphoma and Burketts'lymphoma;
  • cancer including bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, esophageal cancer, Gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, cervical cancer, thyroid cancer, skin
  • Hematopoietic tumors of the myeloid system including acute and chronic myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, and promyelocytic leukemia;
  • Tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma, and schwannomas; interstitial-derived tumors: including fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and osteosarcoma;
  • tumors include melanoma, xenoderma pigmentos aminated acanthoma, seminoma, thyroid follicular carcinoma and teratocarcinoma.
  • a cell proliferative disorder that can be treated with the compound is a blood tumor that is a cell malformation of the hematopoietic system.
  • Hematological tumors include lymphomas in which abnormal cells are derived from lymphoid cell lineage cells and/or exhibit a characteristic phenotype of lymphoid cell lineage cells.
  • Lymphoid cell tumors can be subdivided into B cell tumors, T and NK cell tumors, and Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • B cell tumors can be subdivided into primordial B cell tumors and mature/peripheral B cell tumors.
  • B-cell tumor is precursor B lymphocytic leukemia/lymphoma (precursor B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia), mature/peripheral B-cell tumor is B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphoma, B-cell Lymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmic lymphoma, spleen border B-cell lymphoma, hairy cell leukemia, plasma cell myeloma/plasma tumor, MALT-type pan-domain B-cell lymphoma, marginal zone B-cell lymphoma , Follicular lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma, primary osmotic lymphoma, and Burkitt's lymphoma/Burkitt cell leukemia.
  • T cells and Nk cell tumors are subdivided into precursor T cell carcinoma and mature (peripheral) T cell tumors.
  • Precursor T-cell tumor is precursor T-lymphocytic lymphoma/leukemia (precursor T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia), mature (peripheral) T-cell tumor is T-cell lymphocytic leukemia, T-cell granulosa leukemia, aggressive NK cell leukemia, adult T-cell lymphoma/leukemia (HTLV-1), extranodal nasal type NK/T-cell lymphoma; nasal type, pathogenic T-cell lymphoma, hepatosplenic sputum - ⁇ sputum cell lymphoma, subcutaneous Panniculitis-like sputum cell lymphoma, early granuloma/Sessley syndrome, degenerative large cell lymphoma; sputum/ineffective cells, primary cutaneous peripheral sputum cell lymphoma
  • Hodgkin's lymphoma also known as Hodgkin's disease.
  • the diagnosis of such diseases that can be treated with the compounds includes, but is not limited to, nodular lymphocyte super-dominant Hodgkin's lymphoma and various classical forms of Hodgkin's disease, wherein the sclerosing hardening Hodgkin's lymphoma (Grade 1 and Grade 2), classical Hodgkin's lymphoma enriched in lymphocytes, mixed cells constitute Hodgkin's lymphoma and lymphocytes deplete Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • Hematological tumors also include myeloma.
  • Such tumors include a large class of cell proliferative disorders that are involved in or display characteristic phenotypes of myeloid lineage cells.
  • Myeloid cells can be subdivided into myeloproliferative diseases, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative diseases, myelodysplastic syndromes, and acute myeloid leukemia.
  • Myeloproliferative diseases are chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic neutrophil white blood Disease, chronic eosinophilic leukemia/eosinophilic syndrome, chronic spontaneous myelofibrosis, erythrocytosis, and essential thrombocytosis.
  • Myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative disorders are chronic mononuclear myeloid leukemia, atypical chronic myelogenous leukemia and adolescent mononuclear myeloid leukemia.
  • Myelodysplastic syndrome is a refractory anemia with ring-like high-iron red blood cells and non-circular high-iron red blood cells, refractory cytopenia with multiple dysplasia (myelodysplastic syndrome), and stubbornness with excessive blasts Anemia (myelodysplastic syndrome), 5ci-syndrome and myelodysplastic syndrome. Any myeloma can be treated and treated with the compounds of the invention.
  • the compounds can be used to treat acute myeloid leukemia (AML), which represents a large class of myeloid tumors with re-segmentable conditions.
  • AML acute myeloid leukemia
  • These branches include, but are not limited to, AM with polymorphic dysplasia with recurrent cytogenetic translocation and other unclassified AML.
  • AML with recurrent cellular genetic translocations includes, but is not limited to, AML with t (8; 21 ) (q22 ; q22), AML1 (CBF-a) / ET0, acute promyelocytic leukemia (with t (15; 17) (q22 ; ql l- 12) AML and variants, PML/RAR-a), with abnormal bone marrow eosinophils (inv (16) (pl 3q22) or t (16; 16) (pl 3 ; qll ) CBFb /MLHl lX) AML and AML with ll q23 (MLL) exception.
  • AML with multiple dysplasia is those associated with or not associated with premyelodysplastic syndrome.
  • Other acute myeloid leukemias not classified in any definable class include minimally differentiated AML, immature AML, mature AML, acute mononuclear myeloid leukemia, acute mononuclear leukemia, acute erythroid leukemia, acute megakaryocyte type Leukemia, acute basophilic leukemia, and acute whole myeloid leukemia with myelofibrosis.
  • Preferred tumors to be treated are breast cancer, lung cancer, colon cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, ovarian cancer, osteosarcoma, cervical cancer, liver cancer, brain tumor, prostate cancer, melanoma.
  • Treatment in the context of the present invention means alleviating the symptoms associated with the condition or disease, or terminating the further development or worsening of those symptoms, or preventing or preventing the disease or condition.
  • pharmaceutically effective amount refers to a subject compound that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, physician, or other clinical technician to cause a biological or medical response to a tissue, system, animal, or human. the amount.
  • therapeutically effective amount includes an amount of a compound which, after administration, is sufficient to prevent the development or alleviation of one or more symptoms of the disease or condition being treated to some extent.
  • the therapeutically effective amount will vary with the compound, condition or condition and its severity, as well as the age, weight, etc. of the mammal being treated.
  • a "patient” as defined herein includes animals, such as mammals, including but not limited to primates (eg, humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, and the like.
  • the patient is a human.
  • An effective amount of a compound of the present invention can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. For an adult dose of 0.0001-100 mg of active compound per kg body weight per day, it can be administered in a single dose or in divided doses, for example, 1 per day. -4 times.
  • the specific dosage level and number of administrations may vary for any particular subject, depending on a number of factors, including the activity of the particular compound employed, the metabolic stability of the compound, and the length of action, the subject's Species, age, weight, health profile, gender and eating habits, manner and timing of medication, rate of excretion, combination of medications, and severity of specific conditions.
  • the free compound of the present invention has a markedly improved solubility relative to the antitumor platinum compound of the prior art, and has a solubility in water of 50 mg/ml or more, particularly those of the preferred embodiments of the present invention, each having 90 mg/ml or even 100 mg/ Solubility above ml.
  • the prior art platinum compound cannot form a salt, and the compound of the present invention can be formed into a salt form, which is more advantageous for its preparation into a stable preparation form.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be adjusted depending on the route of administration and the dosage form.
  • Representative compounds of the invention are those which exhibit a high therapeutic index.
  • the therapeutic index is the dose ratio between toxicity and efficacy, which can be LD 5 .
  • the index is expressed as the ratio of in vivo antitumor activity (ED 5 .) or in vitro cytotoxicity (IC 5 .).
  • LD 5 To make a 50% population lethal dose, ED 5 . To achieve a therapeutically effective dose in 50% of the population. LD 5 is determined in animal cell culture media or experimental animals by standard pharmaceutical methods. And ED 5 . .
  • the compound of the present invention represents a toxic LD 50 (a dose of mmol/kg causing half of animal death) is much higher than the platinum compounds of the prior art, such as cisplatin and carboplatin, and an effective dose of antitumor activity in vivo and an inhibitory cytotoxic concentration in vitro. IC 5 .
  • the value is comparable to or lower than carboplatin, so it can be used for patients who cannot tolerate treatment with existing platinum compounds such as carboplatin and cisplatin, and achieve good technical results.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used alone or in combination with each other, and/or in combination with other suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of proliferative diseases.
  • Inorganic salts compounds in the form of these salts can also be obtained as a free base compound by an anion exchange resin, and can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by the addition of the corresponding acid.
  • Step 1 2-( 3-Bromopropanyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester Take 15.15 g (0. lmol) of diethyl malonate and 50. 5 g (0.25 mol) of 1, 3-dibromopropene in a 150 ml three-necked flask, and add K 2 C0 3 15.12 g (0. llmol).
  • Step 5 trans-cyclohexanediamine* platinum (ruthenium) sulfate dihydrate
  • Step 6 2-(3-(1-piperidinyl)-propanyl)-malonic acid*cis-(1,2-trans-cyclohexanediamine)platinum(II) phosphate;
  • the product was dissolved in water, the pH was adjusted to 10-11 with EtOAc and then ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times), and the organic layer was combined, and the mixture was adjusted to pH 5-7 by adding H 3 P0 4 (1M) to give the final product 131 mg.
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of more than 100 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by being free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, B. Acid salts, decanoates, p-toluenesulfonates, fumarates, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C38.24% (theoretical 38.06%); H5.93% (theoretical 5.78%); N7.72% (theoretical 7.84%).
  • Step 1 Same as [Example 3] Step 1.
  • Step 4 5 Same as [Example 1] Step 4 5
  • Step 6 2-(3-(1-tetrahydropyrrole)-propionyl)-malonic acid ⁇ cis-(1 2 trans-cyclohexanediamine) platinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of more than 100 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C36.73% (theoretical 36.78%) H5.39% (theoretical 5.56%) N8.18% (theory 8.05%).
  • Example 3 2-methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethyl)-malonic acid. cis-diaminoplatinum (II) phosphate;
  • Step 1 2-(2-Bromoethyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester
  • Step 5 Diamine ⁇ Platinum (II) sulfate dihydrate
  • H 2 0-NH 2 takes Ag 2 S0 4 625 mg (2 sec ol ) in a 100 ml three-necked flask, and 30 ml of water is added to stir, and diammine ⁇ diiodoplatinum (11) 0. 96 g (2 mmol) is added to the reaction solution. Then add 40ml of water to react, N 2 protection, protected from light, water bath 40 ⁇ 6 (4 ⁇ 8h reaction under TC). The Agl precipitate is removed by suction filtration to obtain the filtrate, which is the aqueous solution of the product.
  • Step 6 2-Methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethenyl)-malonic acid*cis-diammineplatinum (ruthenium) phosphate
  • reaction solution 40 ⁇ 75°C reaction for 4-6h, the reaction solution is filtered and concentrated to a certain volume, static crystallized, the product is dissolved in water, adjusted to pH 10-11 with NaOH, extracted with ethyl acetate (10ml ⁇ 3 times), combined organic The layer was added with P0 4 (1M) to adjust the pH to 5-7 to obtain 115 mg of 2-(2-methylaminoethylhydrazinyl)-3-hydroxy-propionic acid ⁇ cis diaminoplatinum(II) phosphate.
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of more than 100 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by being free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, phosphate. , citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C20.45% (theory 20.90%); H4.43% (theoretical 4.23%); N10.58% (theoretical 10.45%).
  • Step 4 Same as [Example 3] Step 4.
  • Step 5 Same as [Example 3] Step 5.
  • Step 6 2-methyl-2-(-triethylaminoethane)-malonic acid, cis-diaminoplatinum(II) methanesulfonate;
  • solubility 386mg / ml can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts by ion exchange, which can be, but not limited to, sulfate, phosphate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, strontium Acid salt, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Elemental analysis: 28.79% (theory 28.97%); H5.25% (theoretical 5.35%) ; N7.15% (theoretical 7.24%); S5.36% (theoretical 5.52%).
  • Example 5 3-piperidinyl-1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester, cis-diamino-platinum (ruthenium) phosphate
  • Step 1 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester
  • Step 2 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid disodium salt
  • Step 3 Same as [Example 3] Step 4.
  • Step 4 Same as [Example 3] Step 5.
  • Step 5 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid, cis-diaminoplatinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 219 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by liberation, and may be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C29.18% (theoretical 29.01%); H4.73% (theoretical 4.84%); N9.52% (theoretical 9.23%).
  • Step 3 Same as [Example 1] Step 4.
  • Step 4 Same as Step 5 of [Example 1].
  • Step 5 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid * cis diaminoplatinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 309 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C38.25% (theoretical 38.20%); H5.48% (theoretical 5.43%); N7.88% (theoretical 7.87%).
  • Example 7 2-(4-piperidinyl)-propionic acid ⁇ cis-(1,2-trans-cyclopentanediamine) platinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
  • Step 4 1, 2-trans-cyclopentadiamine*diiodoplatinum (ruthenium)
  • Step 5 1, 2-trans-cyclopentanediamine ⁇ platinum(II) sulfate dihydrate
  • Step 6 2-(4-Piperidinyl)-malonic acid ⁇ cis-(1,2-trans-cyclopentanediamine) Platinum (II) phosphate
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 322 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C32. 58% (theoretical 32. 5%); H4. 57% (theory 4. 79%); N8. 61% (theory 8. 75%)
  • Example 8 2-methyl-(4-piperidyl)-propionic acid ⁇ cis-(1,2-trans-cyclopentadiamine)-platinum (II) phosphate; Step 1: 2 -methyl-(4-piperidinyl)-dipropyl malonate
  • Steps 3, 4, and 5 Same as [Example 7] Steps 3, 4, and 5.
  • Step 6 2-((4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid ⁇ cis-(1,2-trans-cyclopentanediamine) platinum (II) phosphate
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 307 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Free base element analysis: C34. 18% (theoretical 34. 01%); H5. 16% (theoretical 5.06%); N8. 62% (theoretical 8.50%).
  • Step 4 1, 2-Ethylenediamine, Diiodoplatinum (II)
  • Step 6 2-methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidyl)-malonic acid 'cis- 1,2-ethylenediamine platinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
  • Ethyl ester (10ml X3 times) is extracted, combined with extract, adjusted to pH 5 ⁇ 7 with 1 ⁇ 0 4 (1M), static, crystallized product, crystal product dissolved in water, pH adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH It was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml ⁇ 3 ⁇ ), and the organic layer was combined, and the mixture was adjusted to pH 5 to 7 by adding H 3 P0 4 (1M) to obtain 135 mg of the final product.
  • the compound is readily soluble in water and has a solubility of 290 mg/ral and can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts, which may be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, citric acid. Salt, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C32.51% (theoretical 32.37%); H5.33% (theoretical 5.19%); N8.56% (theoretical 8.71%).
  • Step 3 Same as [Example 9] Step 3.
  • Step 4 1, 3-propanediamine, diiodoplatinum (ruthenium)
  • Step 6 2-((N-Ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid 'cis-1,3-1,3-diamine-platinum(II) phosphate
  • the compound is readily soluble in water and has a solubility of 276 mg/ml and can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts, which may be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, citric acid. Salt, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C33. 63% (theoretical 33. 87%); H5. 51% (theory 5. 44%); N8. 36% (theory 8. 47%).
  • Step 3 Same as [Example 9] Step 3.
  • Step 4 1, 4-butanediamine, diiodoplatinum (II)
  • Step 5 1, 4-butanediamine, platinum (II) sulfate dihydrate
  • Step 6 2-Methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid ⁇ cis- 1, 3-propanediamine platinum (II) phosphate
  • the compound is readily soluble in water and has a solubility of 279 mg/ml and can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts, which may be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, citric acid. Salt, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like.
  • Free base element analysis . 35.43% (theoretical 35.29%); H5.57% (theoretical 5.69%); N8.39% (theory 8.24%).
  • Steps 1, 2 Same as [Example 8] Steps 1, 2.
  • Step 3 Same as [Example 9] Step 3.
  • Step 4 1 3- (2 2-Hydroxymethyl-propylenediamine' Iodine Platinum (II)
  • Step 5 1 3- (2-hydroxymethyl)-propylenediamine ⁇ Platinum ( ⁇ ) sulfate dihydrate
  • Step 6 2-Methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid ⁇ cis- 1 3-(2,2-hydroxymethyl)-propanediamine-platinum (phosphonium) phosphate Salt
  • Soluble in water, solubility 389mg/ml can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts, which can be, but are not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, citrate, Tosylate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C34.48% (theoretical 34.53%); H5.47% (theoretical 5.58%) N7.36% (theoretical 7.55%)
  • Example 13 2-(2-Dimethylaminoethane)-3-hydroxy-propionic acid 'cis- 1, 4-(trans-2, 3-cyclobutyl)-butanediamine Platinum (phosphonium) phosphate;
  • Steps 1, 2 Same as [Example 5] steps 1, 2.
  • Step 3 1, 4- (trans -2, 3-cyclobutyl) - butanediamine - diiodoplatinum (II)
  • Step 4 1, 4- (trans-2, 3-cyclobutyl)-butanediamine* platinum (II) sulfate dihydrate
  • Step 5 3-piperidinyl-1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid ⁇ cis-1,4-(trans-2, 3-cyclobutyl)-butanediamine platinum (II) phosphate Salt
  • volume, static, crystallized product, crystallized product is dissolved in water, pH is adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH, extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times), the organic layer is combined, and methanesulfonic acid (1M) is added to adjust the pH to 5 ⁇ 7, the final product is 145mg.
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 278 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C38.29% (theoretical 38.20%); H5.39% (theoretical 5.43%); N7.65% (theory 7.87%).
  • Steps 1, 2 Same as [Example 5] steps 1, 2.
  • Step 4 1, 3- (2, 2- (4- ) - Propanediamine ⁇ Platinum ( ⁇ ) sulfate dihydrate
  • Step 5 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid ⁇ cis-1, 3-(2,2-(4-oxocyclohexyl))-propanediamine platinum (II Phosphate
  • the crystalline product After concentration to a certain volume, static, to obtain a crystalline product, the crystalline product is dissolved in water, the pH is adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH, and then extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times), the organic layer is combined, and methanesulfonic acid (1M) is added. The pH was adjusted to 5-7 to give a final product of 151 mg.
  • the compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 311 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by liberation, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C37.12% (theoretical 37.09%); H5.45% (theoretical 5.31%); N7.81% (theoretical 7.63%).
  • the toxic effects of the platinum compounds of the examples on tumor cells were observed by applying the MTT colorimetric method.
  • Several tumor cells in the exponential growth phase were prepared as single cell suspensions, seeded in 96-well plates at a density of 4 X 107 wells, and cultured in 1640 medium (complete medium) containing 10% fetal bovine serum at 37 °C. The cells were allowed to adhere for 24 hours, and the final volume was 100 ⁇ l. After 24 hours of culture, the morphology of the cells was observed.
  • platinum compound For the amount of platinum compound, the following concentrations were determined by preliminary tests due to different IC50 of various cells: cisplatin 200, 60, 20, 6, 2, 0.64 g/ml, carboplatin 200, 60, 20, 6, 2, 0.6 g/ml, the platinum compounds of the examples were appropriately adjusted according to their sensitivity to each cell, and the results are shown in Table 2-5 below:
  • the present invention also provides phosphates of the following compounds:

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a platinum compound with the leaving group malonic derivative "2" position substituent containing a primary amino, a secondary amino, a tertiary amino, and a quaternary amino, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salt, preparation method thereof, and pharmaceutical composition containing the compound. Also disclosed are uses of the compound for treating cell proliferative diseases, particularly cancers. The platinum compound of the present invention has the high water solubility and the low toxicity.

Description

一种治疗肿瘤细胞增生性疾病的铂 (Π)类化合物 技术领域  Platinum (Π) compound for treating tumor cell proliferative diseases
本发明涉及一种抗细胞增殖性疾病的铂类化合物, 特别涉及一类离去基团丙二酸衍生物 The present invention relates to a platinum compound against cell proliferative diseases, in particular to a type of leaving group malonate derivative
"2"位取代基含有伯氨基、 仲氨基、叔氨基、 季氨基的丙二酸衍生物的铂类化合物、 制备方 法及其应用。 A platinum compound having a "2" substituent containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a quaternary amino group of a malonic acid derivative, a preparation method, and an application thereof.
背景技术 Background technique
癌症(恶性肿瘤) 是目前威胁人类生命的最主要的疾病之一。 近年来肿瘤的发病率和死 亡率急剧上升,世界卫生组织曾披露的肿瘤发展趋势表明, 从 1996年以来全球每年新确诊的 肿瘤患者均在 1000万以上,到 1999年底全球肿瘤患者总数已逾 4000万人, 全世界每年约有 700万人死于各种肿瘤, 2001年世界肿瘤发病率和死亡率比 1990年上升了 22%, 是仅次于心 脑血管疾病的第 2大死因, 最常见的癌症是肺癌、 乳腺癌、 结直肠癌、 胃癌、 肝癌、 宫颈癌、 食道癌和膀胱癌。第十届全国临床肿瘤学大会公布 2006年我国各项肿瘤的发病情况及死亡率 等权威调查数据显示, 每年约有 212万名新增肿瘤患者。 在恶性肿瘤死亡率中, 肺癌列恶性 肿瘤第一位。 专家预计, 到 2020年, 年死亡人数将超过 400万; 到 2025年, 肿瘤将成为全 球死亡人数的第一大病因。  Cancer (malignant tumor) is one of the most important diseases that currently threaten human life. In recent years, the incidence and mortality of tumors have risen sharply. The trend of tumor development disclosed by the World Health Organization shows that since 1996, the number of newly diagnosed tumor patients worldwide has exceeded 10 million. By the end of 1999, the total number of cancer patients worldwide has exceeded 4,000. 10,000 people, about 7 million people die of various tumors every year in the world. In 2001, the world cancer morbidity and mortality rate increased by 22% compared with 1990, which is the second leading cause of death after cardiovascular and cerebrovascular diseases. The cancers are lung cancer, breast cancer, colorectal cancer, stomach cancer, liver cancer, cervical cancer, esophageal cancer and bladder cancer. According to the authoritative survey data of the 10th National Conference on Clinical Oncology in 2006, there were about 2.12 million new cancer patients each year. Among malignant tumor mortality, lung cancer ranks first in malignant tumors. Experts predict that by 2020, the annual death toll will exceed 4 million; by 2025, cancer will be the number one cause of death worldwide.
临床上治疗肿瘤主要有手术、 放疗和药物化疗三种途径, 抗肿瘤药物是应用最普遍的治 疗方式, 2008年全球抗肿瘤药物巿场销售额为 480亿美元。 目前临床上抗肿瘤药物主要分为 垸化剂、 抗代谢药、 金属铂类、 植物生物碱和其它天然药、 细胞毒素类抗生素等几大类。 铂 类抗肿瘤药是一类最重要的抗肿瘤药物, 是 20世纪 60年代首先开发的抗肿瘤药。 与传统的 细胞毒类抗肿瘤药物的重要区别是, 其作用机制独特, 抗肿瘤的选择性好。 其主要作用靶点 为 DNA, 交链于 DNA链间及链内, 形成铂络合物〜 DNA复合物, 干扰 DNA复制, 或与核蛋白及 胞浆蛋白结合, 属周期非特异性药。 现己相继成功开发了顺式-二氯二氨合铂即顺铂  Clinically, there are three main ways of treating tumors: surgery, radiotherapy and drug chemotherapy. Anti-tumor drugs are the most common treatment method. In 2008, global anti-cancer drug market sales were US$48 billion. At present, clinical anti-tumor drugs are mainly divided into sputum agents, antimetabolites, metal platinum, plant alkaloids and other natural drugs, cytotoxic antibiotics and other major categories. Platinum antineoplastic agents are one of the most important antitumor drugs, and were the first anticancer drugs developed in the 1960s. An important difference from traditional cytotoxic anti-tumor drugs is that they have a unique mechanism of action and good anti-tumor selectivity. Its main target is DNA, which is interlinked between DNA strands and chains, forms platinum complexes ~ DNA complexes, interferes with DNA replication, or binds to nuclear proteins and cytoplasmic proteins. It is a cyclic non-specific drug. Has successfully developed cis-dichlorodiamine platinum, cisplatin
(Cisplatin) 、 顺式 -1, 1-环丁垸羧酸二氨合铂即卡铂 (Carboplatin) 、 顺式-乙醇酸-二 氨合铂即奈达铂 (Nedaplatin) 、 草酸- (反式 - L_l, 2-环己二胺) 合铂即奥沙利铂  (Cisplatin), cis-1, 1-cyclobutanecarboxylic acid diammine platinum, carboplatin, cis-glycolic acid-diammine platinum, nedaplatin, oxalic acid - (trans - L_l, 2-cyclohexanediamine) Platinum or oxaliplatin
(Oxal iplatin) 、 顺式- [ (4R, 5R) _4, 5_双 (氨甲基) - 2-异丙基 1, 3 -二恶垸] (双齿) 铂即舒铂 (Sunpla) 和 1, 2二氨甲基-环丁垸 -乳酸合铂即洛铂 (Lobaplatin) 等, 铂类抗肿 瘤药具有抗肿瘤谱广、 作用强等特点, 而且铂类抗肿瘤药还与其它抗肿瘤药物有很好的协同 作用, 不但提高了对己有肿瘤的抑制率, 而且扩大了抗肿瘤谱, 由此巩固了铂类抗肿瘤药在 临床治疗中的地位。 1995年 WHO对上百种抗肿瘤药物进行排名, 顺铂在疗效及市场等方面的 综合评价位于第二位。 有统计数据表明, 我国所有的化疗方案中有 70 %〜80%以铂为主或有 铂类药物参加配伍。 (Oxal iplatin), cis-[(4R, 5R) _4, 5_bis(aminomethyl)-2-ylisopropyl 1,3 -dioxan] (double-tooth) Platinum is sulphate (Sunpla) and 1, 2 diaminomethyl-cyclobutyl hydrazine-lactate platinum, such as Lobaplatin, etc., platinum anti-tumor drugs have anti-tumor spectrum, strong effect, and platinum anti-tumor drugs and other anti-tumor The drug has a good synergistic effect, which not only improves the inhibition rate of existing tumors, but also expands the anti-tumor spectrum, thereby consolidating the status of platinum anti-tumor drugs in clinical treatment. In 1995, WHO ranked hundreds of anti-tumor drugs, cisplatin in terms of efficacy and market. The comprehensive evaluation is in the second place. Statistics show that 70% to 80% of all chemotherapy regimens in China are platinum-based or platinum-based drugs.
但目前铂类抗肿瘤药物存在毒性较大, 如骨髓抑制、 肾脏毒性、 神经损伤等, 溶解度不 好、 抗癌谱相对较窄、 以及耐药性等缺点。 因此, 设计和合成新型的铂类抗肿瘤药物仍是现 在抗癌药研究的主要方向之一 ( M A Jakuper, M. Galanski, B. K. Keppler. Tumour-inhibit ing platinum complexes-state of art and future perspect ives, Rev. Physiol Biochem Pharmacol, 2003, 146, 1-53 )。  However, platinum antitumor drugs are currently more toxic, such as myelosuppression, renal toxicity, nerve damage, etc., poor solubility, relatively narrow anticancer spectrum, and drug resistance. Therefore, the design and synthesis of novel platinum antitumor drugs is still one of the main directions of anticancer drug research (MA Jakuper, M. Galanski, BK Keppler. Tumour-inhibit ing platinum complexes-state of art and future perspect ives, Rev. Physiol Biochem Pharmacol, 2003, 146, 1-53).
近两年, 为减少铂类化疗药物的毒副作用、 提高疗效、 减少肿瘤复发和避免抗药性的产 生,以及提高铂类化合物的水溶性,人们进行了大量的研究。例如顺铂的溶解度为 2. 65mg/ml, 后来的奥沙利铂的溶解度为 7. 9mg/ml,奈达铂的溶解度为 8mg/ml,卡铂的溶解度为 17. 8mg/ml , 铭铂的溶解度为 27mg/ml, 而且奥沙利铂和卡铂等的毒副作用与顺铂比较有所降低, 不足的是 以上所谓水溶性铂类化合物的溶解度仍然处于微溶或略溶之间,而且抗肿瘤活性远低于顺铂。 Murray A. Plan 等制备了铂类化合物的醇钠盐,体外有效地提高了溶解度 (US4322362A), 但其 化合物必须在 pHIO以上的条件下才能溶解, 而且毒性问题也未得到有效解决。 Giul ia C等也 制备了一系列铂化合物,然而这些化合物的溶解度还是未能得到明显改善(Chem Med Chera, 2009, 4 (10) , 1677-1685)。 W02006091790A1也公开了具有特定结构的一系列铂化合物, 但同 样未能成功解决溶解度问题和毒性问题。 发明内容  In the past two years, a large number of studies have been conducted to reduce the side effects of platinum-based chemotherapy drugs, improve the efficacy, reduce tumor recurrence and avoid drug resistance, and increase the water solubility of platinum compounds. For example, the solubility of oxaplatin is 2.65 mg/ml, the solubility of later oxaliplatin is 7.9 mg/ml, the solubility of nedaplatin is 8 mg/ml, and the solubility of carboplatin is 17.8 mg/ml. The solubility is 27 mg/ml, and the toxic side effects of oxaliplatin and carboplatin are lower than that of cisplatin. The solubility of the above-mentioned so-called water-soluble platinum compound is still slightly soluble or slightly soluble, and The antitumor activity is much lower than that of cisplatin. Murray A. Plan et al. prepared a sodium alkoxide of a platinum compound to effectively increase the solubility in vitro (US4322362A), but the compound must be dissolved above pHIO, and the toxicity problem has not been effectively solved. A series of platinum compounds have also been prepared by Giul ia C et al. However, the solubility of these compounds has not been significantly improved (Chem Med Chera, 2009, 4 (10), 1677-1685). W02006091790A1 also discloses a series of platinum compounds having a specific structure, but the same is not successfully solved for solubility problems and toxicity problems. Summary of the invention
本发明提供了一类用于治疗增殖性疾病, 特别是化合物结构中的离去基团含有伯氨基、 仲氨基、 叔氨基、 季氨基的丙二酸衍生物的铂类化合物、 其药学可接受的盐、 溶剂化物、 立 体异构体或其前体药物, 与现有技术的抗肿瘤铂类相比, 其体内外抗肿瘤作用强, 溶解度有 了极大的改善, 毒副作用明显降低, 产生了意想不到的技术效果。 该类化合物的结构如式 A 所示:  The present invention provides a class of platinum compounds for treating proliferative diseases, in particular, a leaving group containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, a tertiary amino group, a quaternary amino group, a malonate derivative, which is pharmaceutically acceptable. Compared with the anti-tumor platinum of the prior art, the salt, the solvate, the stereoisomer or the prodrug thereof have strong anti-tumor effect in vivo and in vitro, and the solubility is greatly improved, and the toxic and side-effect is significantly reduced. Unexpected technical effects. The structure of this class of compounds is shown in formula A:
Figure imgf000003_0001
其中: R包括但不限于氢、 垸基、 环垸基、 垸氧基烷基、 烷氨基垸基、 杂环、 链烯基、 链炔基, 以上烷基、 环垸基、 链烯基、 链炔基、 烷氧基垸基、 垸氨基垸基和杂环可以是未取 代的, 也可以任选地被取代, 优选被卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 垸基、 烷氧基烷基、 环烷基、 垸 氨基、 氨基、 杂环取代。
Figure imgf000003_0001
Wherein: R includes, but is not limited to, hydrogen, fluorenyl, cyclodecyl, decyloxyalkyl, alkylaminoindolyl, heterocyclic, alkenyl, alkynyl, above alkyl, cyclodecyl, alkenyl, The alkynyl, alkoxyfluorenyl, anthranylamino and heterocyclic rings may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, decyl, alkoxyalkyl, Substituted by cycloalkyl, nonylamino, amino, heterocyclic.
Ro可以存在, 也可以不存在, 当 R。存在时, 本发明化合物为季铵盐, 必须有对应的负离 子同时存在。 当 R。不存在时, 本发明化合物为叔胺、 仲胺或伯胺化合物; 当 R。存在时, R。可 以是但不限于垸基、 环烷基、 烷氧基垸基、 烷氨基烷基、 杂环、 链烯基、 链炔基, 以上垸基、 环烷基、 链烯基、 链炔基、 垸氧基垸基、 烷氨基烷基和杂环可以是未取代的, 也可以任选地 被取代, 优选被卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 烷基、 烷氧基烷基、 环垸基、 垸氨基、 氨基、 杂环取 代;  Ro may or may not exist, as R. When present, the compounds of the invention are quaternary ammonium salts and must have corresponding negative ions present simultaneously. When R. When present, the compound of the invention is a tertiary amine, a secondary amine or a primary amine compound; when R. When present, R. It may be, but not limited to, an anthracenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkylaminoalkyl group, a heterocyclic ring, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a above fluorenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, The decyloxy group, the alkylaminoalkyl group and the heterocyclic ring may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cyclodecyl, a hydrazine amino group, an amino group, a heterocyclic ring;
!^和 R2可以相同或不同, 包括但不限于氢、 烷基、 环烷基、 垸氧基垸基、 垸氨基垸基、 杂环、 链烯基、 链炔基, 以上垸基、 环垸基、 链烯基、 链块基、 烷氧基垸基、 垸氨基垸基和 杂环可以是未取代的 , 也可以任选地被取代, 优选被卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 垸基、 垸氧基垸 基、 环垸基、 烷氨基、 氨基、 杂环取代, 条件是 R。 、 或 中如含有不饱和键, 该不饱和键 的原子不能与氮原子直接相连; ! And R 2 may be the same or different and include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, decyloxy, fluorenylamino, heterocyclic, alkenyl, alkynyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl The base, alkenyl group, chain block group, alkoxyfluorenyl group, nonylamino group and heterocyclic ring may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, fluorenyl, Alkoxycarbonyl, cyclodecyl, alkylamino, amino, heterocyclic substituted under the condition of R. Or if it contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly connected to the nitrogen atom;
!^和 R2及其所连接的氮原子还可以一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和杂环,例如可以是三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环, 以上环还可以任选地与其它的环稠合, 并且可以任选地 被卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 垸基、 垸氧基烷基、 环垸基、 杂环、 芳基取代, 条件是!^或^中如 含有不饱和键, 该不饱和键的原子不能与氮原子直接相连; ! And R 2 and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may also form a closed saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring, for example, may be a ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven-membered or eight-membered ring, and the above ring may also be It is optionally fused to other rings and may be optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, decyl, decyloxy, cyclodecyl, heterocyclic, aryl, provided that! If ^ or ^ contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly connected to the nitrogen atom;
可以是但不限于: 垸基、 环垸基、 -R31-0-R32-, R3,和 2独立地选自键或烃基, R31是与式 中的氮原子相连的, 条件是 R31中如含有不饱和键, 该不饱和键的原子不能与氮原子直接相连; 以上所述烷基或环垸基可以是未取代的, 也可以任选地被取代, 优选被卤素、 羟基、垸氧基、 垸基, 烷氧基烷基、 环烷基、 烷氨基、 氨基、 杂环等取代; It may be, but is not limited to, an anthracenyl group, a cyclodecyl group, -R 31 -0-R 32 -, R 3 , and 2 are independently selected from a bond or a hydrocarbon group, and R 31 is bonded to a nitrogen atom in the formula, provided that If R 31 contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly bonded to the nitrogen atom; the above alkyl or cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen or hydroxy group. Substituted with methoxy, decyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamino, amino, heterocyclic, etc.;
!^与 R、 R。、 R,、 R2及其所共同相连接的原子一起还可以形成闭合的饱和或不饱和环, 例 如可以是三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环, 以上环还可以任选地与其它的环稠合, 并且可以任选地被卤素、 羟基、 垸氧基、 垸基、 垸氧基垸基、 环烷基、 杂环、 芳基取代; 例如, !^与!^及其所共同相连接的原子一起还可以形成闭合的饱和或不饱和三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环; 还可以是 1^与 及其所共同相连接的原子一起形成闭合的饱和 或不饱和三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环; 或者 与1^及其所共同相连接的原子 起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环; 或者 ^与 R,、 及其 所共同相连接的原子一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环; 和 R5可以相同或不同, 可以是但不限于: 氢、 羟基、 垸基、 环垸基、 垸氧基、 垸氧基 垸基、 杂环、 链烯基、 链炔基, 以上烷基、 链烯基、 链炔基、 环烷基、 垸氧基垸基、 垸氨基 垸基和杂环可以是未取代的, 也可以任选地被取代, 优选被卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 直链或支 链垸基, 垸氧基垸基、 环垸基、 烷氨基、 氨基、 杂环取代; ! ^ with R, R. , R, R 2 and the atoms to which they are attached may also form a closed saturated or unsaturated ring, for example, may be a ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven- or eight-membered ring, the above ring It may also optionally be fused to other rings, and may be optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, decyloxy, decyl, decyloxy, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl; for example, ! ^And! ^ and their commonly associated atoms together can also form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven- or eight-membered ring; it can also be connected to its common The atoms together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven-membered or eight-membered ring; or an atom connected to 1^ and its co-phase to form a closed saturated or unsaturated three Yuan, quaternary, five-yuan, six-member, seven- or eight-membered ring; or ^ and R, and The atoms connected together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-membered, six-membered, seven-membered or eight-membered ring; and R 5 may be the same or different and may be, but not limited to: hydrogen, hydroxyl , fluorenyl, cyclodecyl, decyloxy, decyloxy, heterocyclic, alkenyl, alkynyl, above alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, decyl fluorenyl The mercaptoamino group and the heterocyclic ring may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, linear or branched fluorenyl, fluorenyl fluorenyl, cyclodecyl, Alkyne, amino, heterocyclic;
!^和 R5及其所连接的原子还可以一起形成闭合的环, 例如可以是五元、 六元、 七元或八 元环, 以上环还可以任选地与其它的环稠合, 并且可以任选地被取代。 ! And R 5 and the atoms to which they are attached may also form a closed ring, such as a five-, six-, seven-, or eight-membered ring, which may optionally be fused to other rings, and may Optionally replaced.
优选地, R选自氢、 烷基、 环烷基; R。、 和 选自氢、 C,-8烷基、 环垸基、 烷氧基垸基、 氨基、 垸氨基垸基、 杂环; R3可以是但不限于: C,_s垸基、 环垸基; R,和 R5选自氢、 羟基、 C,-s 垸基、 环垸基、 烷氧基、 垸氧基垸基、 杂环。 Preferably, R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl; R. And and are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C, -8 alkyl, cyclodecyl, alkoxy fluorenyl, amino, hydrazinoalkyl, heterocyclic; R 3 may be, but not limited to: C, s s decyl, hydrazine R; and R 5 are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, hydroxy, C, -s decyl, cyclodecyl, alkoxy, decyloxy, heterocyclic.
当 R选自取代或未取代的垸基、 环烷基、垸氧基垸基、 烷氨基垸基、 杂环、 链烯基、 链炔 基时, R。、 R,、 R2、 R3、 、 R5如上所述。 When R is selected from substituted or unsubstituted indenyl, cycloalkyl, nonyloxyindenyl, alkylaminoindenyl, heterocyclic, alkenyl, alkynyl, R. R, R 2 , R 3 , and R 5 are as described above.
当 R为 H时,优选 和!^及其所连接的氮原子一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和杂环,例如可以 是三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环, 以上环还可以任选地与其它的环稠合, 并且可 以任选地被卤素、 羟基、 垸氧基、 烷基、 垸氧基垸基、 环垸基、 杂环、 芳基取代, 但不包括 化合物 B,和 B2, 还优选!^与 及其所共同相连接的原子一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和三元、 四 元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环, 或者!^与!^其所共同相连接的原子一起形成闭合的饱和或不 饱和三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环; 或者! ^与 R,、 ^及其所共同相连接的原子一起 形成闭合的饱和或不饱和三元、 四元、 五元、 六元、 七元或八元环。 When R is H, it is preferred! ^ and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached together form a closed saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring, such as a ternary, quaternary, quaternary, hexavalent, seven- or eight-membered ring, optionally further Ring is fused, and may be optionally substituted by halogen, hydroxy, decyloxy, alkyl, decyloxy, cyclodecyl, heterocyclic, aryl, but excluding compound B, and B 2 , Preferred! ^ Together with the atoms they are connected to form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-, six-, seven- or eight-membered ring, or! ^And! ^ The atoms they are connected together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, five-, six-, seven- or eight-membered ring; or! ^ Together with R, , ^ and their associated atoms form a closed saturated or unsaturated ternary, quaternary, quaternary, hexavalent, seven- or eight-membered ring.
Figure imgf000005_0001
Figure imgf000006_0001
Figure imgf000005_0001
Figure imgf000006_0001
( B2 )  ( B2 )
进一步的,在上述结构化合物的基础上,本发明还提供了式 C化合物及其药学上可接受盐, 即 R4和 R5及其所连接的原子一起形成闭合的环时得到的化合物, 结构式如下: Further, based on the above structural compound, the present invention also provides a compound of the formula C and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, that is, a compound obtained when R 4 and R 5 and the atom to which they are bonded form a closed ring, as follows:
Figure imgf000006_0002
Figure imgf000006_0002
其中, R、 R。、 R,、 R2. R3选自的基团如上所述 Among them, R, R. , R, R 2 . R 3 is selected from the group as described above
H2N、, H 2 N,,
w 优选但不限于:  w is preferred but not limited to:
Figure imgf000006_0003
Figure imgf000006_0003
并且以上结构还可以任选地被各种合适的取代基相连。  And the above structure may also be optionally linked by various suitable substituents.
式(C ) 的铂类化合物, Re可以是但不限于(C¾)„, 其中 n=l- 6, 优选是 3-5, 最优选是 4, 其中的一些- CH2 -可以被 -0-取代。 ((¾ ) „的一个或多个氢可以被卤素、 垸基、 羟基或垸氧 基等所取代, 优选的化合物是 (士) 反式 1, 2-己、 戊、 丁和丙二胺合铂(Π)。 The platinum compound of the formula (C), Re may be, but not limited to, (C3⁄4), wherein n = 1 - 6, preferably 3-5, most preferably 4, some of which - CH 2 - may be -0- Substituting one or more hydrogens of ((3⁄4) „ may be substituted by halogen, thiol, hydroxy or decyloxy, etc. Preferred compounds are (s) trans 1,2-hexyl, pentane, butyl and propyl Amine platinum (ruthenium).
R7可以是但不限于 ( CH2 )„, 其中 n=0- 3, 优选 n=0- 2, 其中的一些- CH2-可以被 -◦-取代, (CH2)„的一个或多个氢可以被卤素、 垸基、 羟基、 羟垸基或烷氧基等所取代。 R 7 may be, but is not limited to, (CH 2 ), wherein n = 0 - 3, preferably n = 0 - 2, some of which -CH 2 - may be substituted by -◦-, one or more of (CH 2 ) The hydrogen may be substituted by halogen, thiol, hydroxy, hydroxydecyl or alkoxy.
和 可以是但不限于: 氢、 卤素、 羟基、 羟垸基、 垸烃基、 垸氧基、 杂环等, 和1¾可 以相同或不同, 优选羟甲基 (F)。 And may be, but are not limited to, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, hydroxydecyl, anthracenyl, decyloxy, heterocyclic, etc., and 13⁄4 The same or different, a hydroxymethyl group (F) is preferred.
。和 Rn可以是但不限于: 氢、 卤素、 羟烷基、 烷烃基、 烷氧基、 杂环等, R,。和 ^可以相 同或不同, 优选羟甲基。  . And Rn may be, but not limited to, hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyalkyl, alkane, alkoxy, heterocyclic, etc., R,. And ^ may be the same or different, and a hydroxymethyl group is preferred.
R12可以是但不限于 (CH2) „, 其中 n=2- 4, 其中的一些 -C¾-可以被 -0-取代, (CH2) „的一 个或多个氢可以被卤素、 垸基、 羟基或烷氧基等所取代。 R 12 may be, but is not limited to, (CH 2 ) „, wherein n=2- 4, some of which -C3⁄4- may be substituted by -0-, one or more hydrogens of (CH 2 ) may be halogen, fluorenyl Substituted by a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group.
R13可以是 - CH2-或 -0-, 优选- CH2-。 R 13 may be -CH 2 - or -0-, preferably -CH 2 -.
^可以是氢、 卤素、 垸基、 垸氧基、 羟垸基或羟基, R14优选氢。 ^ may be hydrogen, halogen, fluorenyl, decyloxy, hydroxydecyl or hydroxy, and R 14 is preferably hydrogen.
^可以是但不限于 (CH2) „, 其中 n=l-3、 - C -0-或 -0_, (CH2)„的一个或多个氢可以被 垸基、 垸氧基、 羟基、 或羟垸基等所取代, 优选 -CH2- 0-CH2 -。 优选的化合物结构如下: ^ may be, but is not limited to, (CH 2 ) „, wherein one or more hydrogens of n=l-3, -C-0- or -0_, (CH 2 ) may be sulfhydryl, decyloxy, hydroxy, Instead of hydroxyindenyl or the like, -CH 2 - 0-CH 2 - is preferred. Preferred compounds have the following structure:
Figure imgf000007_0001
Figure imgf000007_0001
(F) T/CN2014/000061 (F) T/CN2014/000061
Figure imgf000008_0001
Figure imgf000008_0001
(G)  (G)
Figure imgf000008_0002
Figure imgf000008_0002
(J) 下述所列为用于描述本发明的各种术语的定义。 除在特殊情况下限定外, 以下术语适用 在整个说明书和权利要求中使用(单独或作为大的基团的一部分)。  (J) Listed below are definitions of various terms used to describe the present invention. Unless otherwise defined in the particular case, the following terms apply to the entire specification and claims (either alone or as part of a large group).
术语 "垸基"是指直链或支链的饱和单价烃基, 具体的, 垸基是具有 l-20(C1-2。)、 1-15 (d-15)、 1-10 (C,-10) , 卜 7(Cw)或 Η (CH) 个碳原子的直链的饱和单价烃基, 或 3 - 20(C320)、 3- 15 (C3-15) , 3- 10 (C3— ,。)、 3-7 ( C37)或 3- 4 ( C3-4 ) 个碳原子的支链的饱和单价烃基。 烷基的例 子包括但不限于甲基、 乙基、 正丙基、 异丙基、 正丁基、 异丁基、 仲丁基、 叔丁基、 戊基 (包 括所有异构体形式)、 己基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 庚基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 辛基 (包括 所有异构体形式)、 壬基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 癸基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十一垸基 (包 括所有异构体形式)、 十二垸基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十三垸基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十 四烷基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十五垸基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十六烷基 (包括所有异构体 形式)、 十七烷基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十八垸基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十九烷基 (包括 所有异构体形式)和二十垸基 (包括所有异构体形式)。 例如, CW垸基指 1-7个碳原子的直链的 饱和单价烃基或 3-7个碳原子的支链的饱和单价烃基。 The term "mercapto" refers to a straight or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group. Specifically, the fluorenyl group has 1-20 (C 1-2 ), 1-15 (d- 15 ), 1-10 (C, - 10 ) , a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group of 7 (Cw) or Η (CH) carbon atoms, or 3 - 20 (C 3 - 20 ), Branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon groups of 3- 15 (C 3 - 15 ) , 3- 10 (C 3 - , .), 3-7 (C 3 - 7 ) or 3- 4 (C 3 - 4 ) carbon atoms . Examples of alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl (including all isomeric forms), hexyl (including all isomeric forms), heptyl (including all isomeric forms), octyl (including all isomeric forms), thiol (including all isomeric forms), thiol (including all isomers) Form), undecyl (including all isomeric forms), dodecyl (including all isomeric forms), tridecyl (including all isomeric forms), tetradecyl (including all isoforms) In the form of a structure, fifteen fluorenyl (including all isomeric forms), hexadecyl (including all isomeric forms), heptadecyl (including all isomeric forms), octadecyl (including All isomeric forms), nonadecyl (including all isomeric forms) and decyl (including all isomeric forms). For example, C W thiol refers to a linear saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 7 carbon atoms or a branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
"垸基"可以任选地被一、 二、 三或四个下列取代基取代: 如卤素、 三氟甲基、 三氟甲 氧基、 羟基、 烷氧基、 环垸氧基、 杂环氧基、 氧代、 链垸酰基、 芳氧基、 链垸酰基氧基、 氨 基、 烷氨基、 芳基氨基、 芳垸基氨基、 环垸基氨基、 杂环氨基、 取代叔氨 (其中 2个氮取代基 选自垸基、 芳基或芳垸基)、 链烷酰基氨基、 芳酰基氨基、 芳链垸酰基氨基、 取代链烷酰基氨 基、 取代芳氨基、 取代芳链垸酰基、 硫羟基、 垸基硫基、 芳基硫基、 芳烷基硫基、 环烷基硫 基、 杂环硫基、 烷基硫羰基、 芳基硫羰基、 芳垸基硫璣基、 垸基磺酰基、 芳基磺酰基、 芳垸 基磺酰基、 亚磺酰氨基 (例如 S02NH2 )、 取代的亚磺酰氨基、 硝基、 氰基、 羧基、 氨基甲酰 (例如 C0NH2)、 取代的氨基甲酰 (例如 C0NH垸基、 C0NH芳基、 C0NH芳垸基或在氮上存在两个 取代基的情况下选自烷基、芳基或芳垸基)、烷氧基羰基、芳基、取代芳基、胍基和杂环基(例 如吲哚基、 咪唑基、 呋喃基、 噻吩基、 噻唑基、 吡咯烷基、 吡啶基、 嘧啶基等)。 上述的取代 基可以进一步被卤素、 垸基、 烷氧基、 芳基或芳垸基取代。 "Mercapto" may be optionally substituted by one, two, three or four of the following substituents: halo, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, hydroxy, alkoxy, cyclodecyloxy, heteroepoxy Base, oxo, chain decanoyl, aryloxy, decanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, arylamino, arylmethylamino, cyclodecylamino, heterocyclic amino, substituted tertiary ammonia (of which 2 nitrogen The substituent is selected from decyl, aryl or aryl fluorenyl, alkanoylamino, aroylamino, aryl decanoylamino, substituted alkanoylamino, substituted arylamino, substituted aryl decanoyl, thiol, hydrazine Thiothio, arylthio, aralkylthio, cycloalkylthio, heterocyclicthio, alkylthiocarbonyl, arylthiocarbonyl, arylsulfonylthio, decylsulfonyl, aryl Sulfonyl, arylsulfonylsulfonyl, sulfinylamino (eg S0 2 NH 2 ), substituted sulfonamido, nitro, cyano, carboxy, carbamoyl (eg C0NH 2 ), substituted carbamoyl (eg C0NH fluorenyl, C0NH aryl, C0NH aryl fluorenyl or two substituents on the nitrogen) In the case of an alkyl group, an aryl group or an aryl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, a fluorenyl group and a heterocyclic group (for example, an anthracenyl group, an imidazolyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, a thiazolyl group) , pyrrolidinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, etc.). The above substituent may be further substituted with a halogen, a mercapto group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group or an aryl group.
术语 "烷氧基" 指具有 l^O O^ 1-15 (C卜 15)、 1-10 ((:,—,。)、 l_7 (Cw)或 1- 4 ( C^ ) 个 碳原子的直链的饱和单价烃基或 3-20 (C3 2。)、 3- 15 ( — 3-10 (C:MO) , 3-7 ( C37)或 3- 4 ( CM ) 个碳原子的支链的饱和单价烃基与氧原子连结后的生成基团。 垸氧基的例子包括但不限于甲 氧基、 乙氧基、 丙氧基、 异丙氧基、 正丁氧基、 异丁氧基、 仲丁氧基、 叔丁氧基、 戊氧基 (包 括所有异构体形式)、 己氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 庚氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 辛氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 壬氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 癸氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十 一垸氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十二烷氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十三垸氧基 (包括所有 异构体形式)、 十四垸氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十五垸氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十六 烷氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十七烷氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)、 十八垸氧基 (包括所有异 构体形式)、 十九垸氧基 (包括所有异构体形式)和二十烷氧基(包括所有异构体形式)。 The term "alkoxy" refers to a straight one having 1 ^OO^ 1-15 (CBu 15 ), 1-10 ((:, —, .), l_7 (Cw) or 1- 4 (C^) carbon atoms. or a saturated monovalent hydrocarbon chain of 3-20 (C 3 2.), 3- 15 (- 3-10 (C: MO), 3-7 (C 3 - 7) or 3- 4 (C M) carbon atoms a branched group of a saturated monovalent hydrocarbon group bonded to an oxygen atom. Examples of the decyloxy group include, but are not limited to, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a n-butoxy group, and an isobutyl group. Oxyl, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy (including all isomeric forms), hexyloxy (including all isomeric forms), heptyloxy (including all isomeric forms), octyl Oxyl (including all isomeric forms), decyloxy (including all isomeric forms), decyloxy (including all isomeric forms), undecyloxy (including all isomeric forms), ten Dialaloxy (including all isomeric forms), tridecyloxy (including all isomeric forms), tetradecyloxy (including all isomeric forms), fifteen decyloxy (including all isomeric) Constructive form), hexadecyloxy (including In the form of isomers), heptadecyloxy (including all isomeric forms), octadecyloxy (including all isomeric forms), nineteen decyloxy (including all isomeric forms) and Decaconoxy (including all isomeric forms).
术语 "烷氨基" 是指- 2的1个或 2个 H分别被具有 1- 10 θ ιη)、 1-6 或 1-4 ( C,-4 ) 个 碳原子的直链垸基或 3-10 (C:M。)、 3- 6 (C )或 3-4 ( C ) 个碳原子的支链垸基取代的基团; 当 上述 2个 H同时被取代时, 取代基可以相同或不同。 烷氨基的例子包括但不限于甲氨基、 二甲 氨基、 乙氨基、 二乙氨基、 丙氨基、 二丙氨基、 异丙氨基、 二异丙氨基、 正丁氨基、 异丁氨 基、 叔丁氨基、 二正丁氨基、 二异丁氨基、 二叔丁氨基、 戊氨基、 二戊氨基、 己氨基、 二己 氨基、 庚氨基、 二庚氨基、 辛氨基、 二辛氨基、 壬氨基、 二壬氨基、 癸氨基、 二癸氨基、 N - 甲基 -N-乙基氨基、 N-甲基 -N-丙基氨基、 N-甲基- N-异丙基氨基、 N-甲基 -N-丁基氨基、 N-甲 基 -N-异丁基氨基、 N-甲基 -N-叔丁基氨基、 N-甲基 -N-戊基氨基、 N-甲基 -N-己基氨基、 N-甲 基- N-庚基氨基、 N-甲基 -N-辛基氨基、 N-甲基 -N-壬基氨基、 N-甲基 -N-癸基氨基、 N-乙基 丙基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-异丙基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-丁基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-异丁基氨基、 N-乙基 -N - 叔丁基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-戊基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-己基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-庚基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-辛 基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-壬基氨基、 N-乙基 -N-癸基氨基、 N-丙基 -N-异丙基氨基、 N-丙基 -N-丁基 氨基、 N-丙基 -N-异丁基氨基、 N-丙基 -N-叔丁基氨基、 N-丙基- N-戊基氨基、 N-丙基 -N-己基 氨基、 N-丙基- N-庚基氨基、 N-丙基 -N-辛基氨基、 N-丙基 -N-壬基氨基、 N-丙基 -N-癸基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N-丁基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N-异丁基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N-叔丁基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N -戊 基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N-己基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N-庚基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N-辛基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N- 壬基氨基、 N-异丙基 -N-癸基氨基、 N-丁基 -N-异丁基氨基、 N-丁基 -N-叔丁基氨基、 N-丁基- N- 戊基氨基、 N-丁基- N-己基氨基、 N-丁基- N-庚基氨基、 N-丁基- N-辛基氨基、 N-丁基- N-壬基 氨基、 N-丁基 -N-癸基氨基、 N-异丁基 -N-叔丁基氨基、 N-异丁基 -N-戊基氨基、 N-异丁基 -N - 己基氨基、 N-异丁基 -N-庚基氨基、 N-异丁基 -N-辛基氨基、 N-异丁基 -N-壬基氨基、 N-异丁基 -N -癸基氨基、 N-叔丁基 -N-戊基氨基、 N-叔丁基 -N-己基氨基、 N-叔丁基 -N-庚基氨基、 N-叔 丁基- N-辛基氨基、 N-叔丁基 -N-壬基氨基、 N-叔丁基 -N-癸基氨基、 N-戊基 -N-己基氨基、 N - 戊基- N-庚基氨基、 N-戊基 -N-辛基氨基、 N-戊基 -N-壬基氨基、 N-戊基 -N-癸基氨基、 N-己基 -N -庚基氨基、 N-己基 -N-辛基氨基、 N-己基- N-壬基氨基、 N-己基 -N-癸基氨基、 N-庚基 -N - 辛基氨基、 N-庚基- N-壬基氨基、 N-庚基- N-癸基氨基、 N-辛基- N-壬基氨基、 N-辛基- N-癸基 氨基、 N-壬基 -N-癸基氨基, 以及上述氨基的所有的异构体形式等。 The term "alkylamino" means that 1 or 2 of H of - 2 are each having 1 - 10 θ ιη ), 1-6 or 1-4 (C, - 4 ) a linear sulfhydryl group of a carbon atom or a branched group substituted with 3-10 (C :M .), 3- 6 (C) or 3-4 (C) carbon atoms; when the above two H are simultaneously When substituted, the substituents may be the same or different. Examples of alkylamino groups include, but are not limited to, methylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, dipropylamino, isopropylamino, diisopropylamino, n-butylamino, isobutylamino, t-butylamino, Di-n-butylamino, diisobutylamino, di-tert-butylamino, pentylamino, dipentylamino, hexylamino, dihexylamino, heptylamino, diheptylamino, octylamino, dioctylamino, decylamino, dinonylamino, Amidino, di-amino, N-methyl-N-ethylamino, N-methyl-N-propylamino, N-methyl-N-isopropylamino, N-methyl-N-butyl Amino, N-methyl-N-isobutylamino, N-methyl-N-tert-butylamino, N-methyl-N-pentylamino, N-methyl-N-hexylamino, N-A -N-heptylamino, N-methyl-N-octylamino, N-methyl-N-decylamino, N-methyl-N-decylamino, N-ethylpropylamino, N -ethyl-N-isopropylamino, N-ethyl-N-butylamino, N-ethyl-N-isobutylamino, N-ethyl-N-tert-butylamino, N-ethyl -N-pentylamino, N-ethyl-N-hexylamino, N-ethyl-N-heptylamino, N- Ethyl-N-octylamino, N-ethyl-N-decylamino, N-ethyl-N-decylamino, N-propyl-N-isopropylamino, N-propyl-N- Butylamino, N-propyl-N-isobutylamino, N-propyl-N-tert-butylamino, N-propyl-N-pentylamino, N-propyl-N-hexylamino, N -propyl-N-heptylamino, N-propyl-N-octylamino, N-propyl-N-decylamino, N-propyl-N-decylamino, N-isopropyl-N -butylamino, N-isopropyl-N-isobutylamino, N-isopropyl-N-tert-butylamino, N-isopropyl-N-pentylamino, N-isopropyl-N -hexylamino, N-isopropyl-N-heptylamino, N-isopropyl-N-octylamino, N-isopropyl-N-decylamino, N-isopropyl-N-fluorenyl Amino, N-butyl-N-isobutylamino, N-butyl-N-tert-butylamino, N-butyl-N-pentylamino, N-butyl-N-hexylamino, N-butyl -N-heptylamino, N-butyl-N-octylamino, N-butyl-N-decylamino, N-butyl-N-decylamino, N-isobutyl-N-tert Butylamino, N-isobutyl-N-pentylamino, N-isobutyl-N-hexylamino, N-isobutyl-N-heptylamino, N-isobutyl -N-octylamino, N-isobutyl-N-decylamino, N-isobutyl-N-decylamino, N-tert-butyl-N-pentylamino, N-tert-butyl-N -hexylamino, N-tert-butyl-N-heptylamino, N-tert-butyl-N-octylamino, N-tert-butyl-N-decylamino, N-tert-butyl-N-fluorenyl Amino, N-pentyl-N-hexylamino, N-pentyl-N-heptylamino, N-pentyl-N-octylamino, N-pentyl-N-decylamino, N-pentyl- N-decylamino, N-hexyl-N-heptylamino, N-hexyl-N-octylamino, N-hexyl-N-decylamino, N-hexyl-N-decylamino, N-heptyl -N - octylamino, N-heptyl-N-decylamino, N-heptyl-N-decylamino, N-octyl-N-decylamino, N-octyl-N-decylamino , N-fluorenyl-N-decylamino, and all isomeric forms of the above amino groups, and the like.
术语 "卤素"或 "卤代" 指氟、 氯、 溴和碘。  The term "halogen" or "halo" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo.
术语 "烃基" 是指只含碳、 氢两种原子的官能团。  The term "hydrocarbyl" refers to a functional group containing only two atoms of carbon and hydrogen.
术语 "芳基" 指在环部分具有 6-12个碳原子的单环或双环芳香烃基, 例如苯基、 萘基、 联苯基和二苯基, 每个可以被取代。  The term "aryl" refers to a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms in the ring portion, such as phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl and diphenyl, each of which may be substituted.
"芳基"可以任选地被下列取代基取代: 例如垸基、 卤素、 三氟甲氧基、 三氟甲基、 羟 基、 垸氧基、 环烷氧基、 杂环氧基、 链烷酰基、 链垸酰基氧基、 氨基、 烷基氨基、 芳烷基氨 基、 环垸基氨基、 杂环氨基、 二垸基氨基、 链垸酰基氨基、 硫羟基、 垸基硫代、 环垸基硫代、 杂环硫代、 脲基、 硝基、 氰基、 羧基、 羧基垸基、 氨基甲酰基、 垸氧基羰基、 垸基硫羰基、 芳基硫羰基、 垸基磺酰基、 亚磺酰氨基、 芳氧基等。 所述取代基可以进一步被卤素、 羟基、 垸基、 垸氧基或芳基取代。 "Aryl" may be optionally substituted by the following substituents: for example, fluorenyl, halogen, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, decyloxy, cycloalkoxy, heterocyclooxy, alkanoyl , chain decanoyloxy, amino, alkylamino, aralkylamine Base, cyclodecylamino, heterocyclic amino, dinonylamino, decanoylamino, thiol, decylthio, cyclodecylthio, heterocyclic thio, ureido, nitro, cyano, carboxy And a carboxy fluorenyl group, a carbamoyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, a fluorenylthiocarbonyl group, an arylthiocarbonyl group, a decylsulfonyl group, a sulfinylamino group, an aryloxy group or the like. The substituent may be further substituted with a halogen, a hydroxyl group, a decyl group, a decyloxy group or an aryl group.
术语 "芳垸基" 指直接通过垸基基团结合的芳基, 例如苄基、 苯乙基、 苯丙基。  The term "aryl" refers to an aryl group bonded directly through a thiol group, such as benzyl, phenethyl, phenylpropyl.
术语 "链烯基" 指含有 2-20个碳原子, 优选 2-10个碳原子, 最优选 2- 6个碳原子, 具有一 至四个双键的直链或支链烃基基团, 还包括具有 "顺式"和 "反式"构型的基团, 或者, " E " 和 " Z "构型, 本领域技术人员可以理解。  The term "alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, most preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, having from one to four double bonds, and also includes Groups having "cis" and "trans" configurations, or "E" and "Z" configurations, will be understood by those skilled in the art.
"链烯基" 可以任选地被下列取代基取代, 例如卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 链烷酰基。 链 烷酰基氧基、 氨基、 垸基氨基、 二垸基氨基、 链烷酰基胺基、 硫轻基、 烷基硫代、 垸基硫羰 基、 烷基磺酰基、 亚磺酰胺基、 硝基、 氰基、 羧基、 氨基甲酰基、 取代的氨基甲酰基、 胍基 和杂环基团, 例如吲哚基、 咪唑基、 呋喃基、 噻吩基、 噻唑基、 吡咯垸基、 吡啶基、 嘧啶基 等。  "Alkenyl" may be optionally substituted by, for example, halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyl. Alkanoyloxy, amino, mercaptoamino, dinonylamino, alkanoylamino, thiol, alkylthio, decylthiocarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, sulfinamide, nitro, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a carbamoyl group, a substituted carbamoyl group, a fluorenyl group, and a heterocyclic group, such as a fluorenyl group, an imidazolyl group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, etc. .
术语 "炔基"或 "链炔基" 指含有 2-20个碳原子, 优选 2- 10个碳原子, 最优选 2-6个碳原 子, 具有一至四个三键的直链或支链烃基基团, 还包括具有 "顺式"和 "反式"构型的基团, 或者, "E "和 " Z " 构型, 本领域技术人员可以理解。  The term "alkynyl" or "alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon radical having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and most preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms, having from one to four triple bonds. The groups also include groups having the "cis" and "trans" configurations, or the "E" and "Z" configurations, as will be understood by those skilled in the art.
"炔基" 可以任选地被下列取代基取代: 卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 链烷酰基、 链垸酰基氧 基、 氨基、 垸基氨基、 二垸基氨基、 链垸酰基胺基、 硫羟基、 烷基硫代、 垸基硫璣基、 烷基 磺酰基、 亚磺酰胺基、 硝基、 氰基、 羧基、 氨基甲酰基、 取代的氨基甲酰基、 胍基和杂环基, 例如咪唑基、 呋喃基、 噻吩基、 噻唑基、 吡咯烷基、 吡啶基、 嘧啶基等。  "Alkynyl" may be optionally substituted by the following substituents: halogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkanoyl, decanoyloxy, amino, decylamino, dimethylamino, decanoylamino, sulphur Hydroxy, alkylthio, decylthiol, alkylsulfonyl, sulfinamido, nitro, cyano, carboxy, carbamoyl, substituted carbamoyl, fluorenyl and heterocyclic, eg imidazole A group, a furyl group, a thienyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyrrolidinyl group, a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group or the like.
术语 "环垸基" 指优选含有 1-3个环并且每个环 (可以进一步与不饱和的 C 3 -C7 碳环稠合) 含有 3-7个碳的可任选取代的、 饱和的环烃环系。 实例性基团包括环丙基、 环丁基、 环戊基、 环己基、 环庚基、 环辛基、 环癸基、 环十二垸基和金刚垸基。 实例性取代基包括一或多个如 上所述的垸基基团, 或一个或多个如上所述的垸基取代基。 The term "cycloalkyl" refers to an optionally substituted, saturated ring containing preferably from 1 to 3 rings and each ring (which may be further fused to an unsaturated C 3 -C 7 carbocycle) containing from 3 to 7 carbons. Cyclic hydrocarbon ring system. Exemplary groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododedecyl and adamantyl. Exemplary substituents include one or more sulfhydryl groups as described above, or one or more thiol substituents as described above.
术语 "杂环" 、 "杂环的" 和 "杂环基" 指任选取代、 完全饱和或不饱和的、 芳香或非 芳香环基团, 例如, 所述环为 4-7元单环, 7 - 11元双环或 10-15元三环系统, 在至少含 -个碳 原子的环上含有至少一个杂原子。 含有杂原子的杂环基团的每个环上可以具有 1、 2、 3或 4个 选自氮原子、 氧原子和硫原子的杂原子, 其中所述氮和硫杂原子也可任选被氧化且氮杂原子 也可任选季铵化。 所述杂环基团可以在任何的杂原子或碳原子上连接。  The terms "heterocyclic", "heterocyclic" and "heterocyclyl" refer to an optionally substituted, fully saturated or unsaturated, aromatic or non-aromatic ring group, for example, the ring is a 4-7 membered monocyclic ring, A 7- to 11-membered bicyclic or 10-15 membered tricyclic system containing at least one heteroatom on a ring containing at least one carbon atom. The hetero atom-containing heterocyclic group may have 1, 2, 3 or 4 hetero atoms selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom on each ring, wherein the nitrogen and sulfur hetero atoms may also optionally be The oxidized and nitrogen heteroatoms can also optionally be quaternized. The heterocyclic group can be attached to any hetero atom or carbon atom.
实例性单环杂环基团包括吡咯烷基、 吡咯基、 吲哚基、 吡唑基、 氧杂丁环基、 吡唑啉基、 咪唑基、 咪唑啉基、 咪唑垸基、 噁唑基、 噁唑烷基、 异噁唑啉基、 异噁唑基、 噻唑基、 噻二 唑基、 噻唑垸基、 异噻唑基、 异噻唑垸基、 呋喃基、 四氢呋喃基、 噻吩基、 噁二唑基、 哌啶 基、 哌嗪基、 2-氧代哌嗪基、 2-氧代哌啶基、 2-氧代吡咯垸基、 2-氧代吖庚因基、 吖庚因基、 4-哌啶酮基、 吡啶基、 N-氧代-吡啶基、 吡嗪基、 嘧啶基、 哒嗪基、 四氢硫代吡喃基、 四氢吡 喃基、 吗啉基、 噻吗啉基、 噻吗啉基亚砜、 四氢硫代吡喃基砜、 噻吗啉基砜、 1, 3-二氧戊环 基和四氢 -1, 1-二氧代噻吩基、 二氧六环基、 异噻唑烷基、 硫杂丁环基、 硫杂丙环基、 三嗪 基和三唑基等。 Exemplary monocyclic heterocyclic groups include pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolyl, indenyl, pyrazolyl, oxabutyryl, pyrazolinyl, imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, Oxazolidine, isoxazolinyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadipine Azyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, furyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thienyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 2-oxopiperrazinyl, 2-oxo Piperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolenyl, 2-oxoazepine, azetyl, 4-piperidinone, pyridyl, N-oxo-pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl , pyridazinyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl sulfoxide, tetrahydrothiopyranyl sulfone, thiamorpholinyl sulfone, 1, 3-dioxolanyl and tetrahydro-1,1-dioxothiophenyl, dioxolane, isothiazolidinyl, thiabutanyl, thiirane, triazinyl and Triazolyl and the like.
实例性双环杂环基团包括苯并噻唑基、 苯并噁唑基、 苯并噻吩基、 奎宁环基、 喹啉基、 喹啉基 -N-氧化物、 四氢异喹啉基、 异喹啉基、 苯并咪唑基、 苯并吡喃基、 中氮茚基、 苯并呋 喃基、 色酮基、 香豆素基、 1, 2-二氮杂萘基、 喹喔啉基、 吲唑基、 吡咯并吡啶基、 呋喃并吡 啶基 (例如呋喃并 [2, 3 - c]吡啶基、 呋喃并 [3, 1 - b]吡啶基或呋喃并 [2, 3-b]吡啶基)、 二氢 异吲哚基、二氢喹唑啉基 (例如 3, 4-二氢 -4-氧代-喹唑啉基)、苯并异噻唑基、苯并异噁唑基、 苯并二嗪基、 苯并呋喃基、 苯并噻喃基、 苯并三唑基、 苯并吡唑基、 二氢苯并呋喃基、 二氢 苯并噻吩基、 二氢苯并噻喃基、 二氢苯并噻喃基砜、 二氢苯并吡喃基、 二氢吲哚基、 异苯并 二氢吡喃基、 异二氢吲哚基、 1 , 5-二氮杂萘基、 2, 3-二氮杂萘基、 3, 4-亚甲二氧苄基、 嘌 呤基、 吡啶并吡啶基、 喹唑啉基、 四氢喹啉基、 噻吩并呋喃基、 噻吩并吡啶基、 噻吩并噻吩 基等。  Exemplary bicyclic heterocyclic groups include benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothienyl, quinuclidinyl, quinolinyl, quinolinyl-N-oxide, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, iso Quinolinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzopyranyl, indolizinyl, benzofuranyl, chromenyl, coumarinyl, 1,2-naphthyridinyl, quinoxalinyl, anthracene Azyl, pyrrolopyridyl, furopyridinyl (eg, furo[2,3-c]pyridyl, furo[3,1-b]pyridyl or furo[2,3-b]pyridinyl) , dihydroisoindolyl, dihydroquinazolinyl (eg 3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-quinazolinyl), benzisothiazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzodiazepine Azinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiopyranyl, benzotriazolyl, benzopyrazolyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothiophenyl, dihydrobenzothiopyranyl, dihydrogen Benzothiopyranyl sulfone, dihydrobenzopyranyl, indanyl, isochroman, isoindoline, 1,5-naphthyridinyl, 2, 3 - diaza naphthyl, 3, 4-methylenedioxybenzyl Purine-yl, pyridyl and pyridyl, quinazolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, thienyl and furyl, thienyl and pyridyl, thienyl and thienyl group.
较小的杂环, 例如环氧化物和氮丙啶也包括在内。  Smaller heterocycles such as epoxides and aziridines are also included.
术语 "杂原子"包括氧、 硫和氮。  The term "heteroatom" includes oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen.
术语 "药学上可接受的盐"包括根据本文中所述化合物上存在的特定取代基采用相对无 毒的酸或碱制备的活性化合物的盐。 当本发明化合物含相对酸性的官能团时, 可通过使中性 形式的这种化合物与足量的需要的碱单独或在合适的惰性溶剂中接触得到碱加成盐。 由药学 上可接受的无机碱衍生的盐的实例包括铝、 铵、 钙、 铜、 三价铁、 亚铁、 锂、 镁、 锰、 二价 锰、 钾、 钠、 锌等。 由药学上可接受的有机碱衍生的盐包括伯、 仲和叔胺的盐, 它们包括取 代的胺、 环胺、 天然胺等, 例如精氨酸、 甜菜碱、 咖啡因、 胆碱、 N, N' -二苄基乙二胺、 二 乙氨基、 2-二乙基氨基乙醇、 2-二甲基氨基乙醇、 乙醇胺、 乙二胺、 N-乙基吗啉、 N-乙基哌 啶、葡萄糖胺、葡糖胺、 组氨酸、 哈胺 (hydrabamine)、 异丙胺、赖氨酸、 甲基葡糖胺、 吗啉、 哌嗪、 哌啶、 聚胺树脂、 普鲁卡因、 嘌吟、 可可碱、 三乙胺、 三甲胺、 三丙胺、 氨丁三醇等。 当本发明化合物含相对碱性的官能团时, 可通过使中性形式的这种化合物与足量的需要的酸 单独或在合适的惰性溶剂中接触得到酸加成盐。 药学上可接受的酸加成盐的实例包括由无机 酸衍生的那些盐, 无机酸盐例如硝酸盐、 碳酸盐、 碳酸氢盐、 磷酸盐、 磷酸氢盐、 磷酸二氢 盐、 硫酸盐、 硫酸氢盐、 亚磷酸盐、 盐酸盐、 氢溴酸盐、 氢碘酸盐等; 由相对无毒的 有机酸 衍生的盐, 所述有机酸为例如乙酸、 丙酸、 异丁酸、 丙二酸、 苯甲酸、 琥珀酸、 辛二酸、 富 马酸、 扁桃酸、 苯二甲酸、 苯磺酸、 对甲苯磺酸、 柠檬酸、 酒石酸、 甲磺酸等。 还包括氨基 酸例如精氨酸等的盐以及有机酸例如葡糖醛酸或半乳糖酸等的盐。 优选硝酸盐、 碳酸盐、 碳 酸氢盐、 磷酸盐、 磷酸氢盐、 磷酸二氢盐、 硫酸盐、 硫酸氢盐、 亚磷酸盐、 乙酸盐、 丙酸盐、 异丁酸盐、 丙二酸盐、 苯甲酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 辛二酸盐、 富马酸盐、 扁桃酸盐、 苯二甲酸盐、 苯磺酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、 柠檬酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 精氨酸盐、 葡糖醛酸盐或半乳 糖酸盐。 The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" includes salts of the active compounds which are prepared according to the particular substituents present on the compounds described herein using relatively non-toxic acids or bases. When a compound of the invention contains a relatively acidic functional group, a base addition salt can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of the compound with a sufficient amount of the desired base, either alone or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of the salt derived from a pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic base include aluminum, ammonium, calcium, copper, ferric iron, ferrous iron, lithium, magnesium, manganese, divalent manganese, potassium, sodium, zinc, and the like. Salts derived from pharmaceutically acceptable organic bases include salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, including substituted amines, cyclic amines, natural amines and the like, such as arginine, betaine, caffeine, choline, N, N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, diethylamino, 2-diethylaminoethanol, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, ethanolamine, ethylenediamine, N-ethylmorpholine, N-ethylpiperidine, Glucosamine, glucosamine, histidine, hydrabamine, isopropylamine, lysine, methyl glucosamine, morpholine, piperazine, piperidine, polyamine resin, procaine, guanidine , theobromine, triethylamine, trimethylamine, tripropylamine, tromethamine, and the like. When a compound of the invention contains a relatively basic functional group, the acid addition salt can be obtained by contacting the neutral form of the compound with a sufficient amount of the desired acid, either alone or in a suitable inert solvent. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts include those derived from inorganic acids, such as nitrates, carbonates, bicarbonates, phosphates, hydrogen phosphates, dihydrogen phosphates, sulfates, Hydrogen sulphate, phosphite, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, etc.; from relatively non-toxic organic acids a derivative salt, such as acetic acid, propionic acid, isobutyric acid, malonic acid, benzoic acid, succinic acid, suberic acid, fumaric acid, mandelic acid, phthalic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluene Sulfonic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, methanesulfonic acid, and the like. Also included are salts of amino acids such as arginine and the like, and salts of organic acids such as glucuronic acid or galactonic acid. Preferred are nitrates, carbonates, hydrogencarbonates, phosphates, hydrogen phosphates, dihydrogen phosphates, sulfates, hydrogen sulfates, phosphites, acetates, propionates, isobutyrates, propylene Acid salt, benzoate, succinate, suberate, fumarate, mandelate, phthalate, besylate, p-toluenesulfonate, citrate, tartrate, Methanesulfonate, arginine salt, glucuronate or galactate.
在本发明所提供的一些实施方案中, 本发明的化合物离去基团含有碱性基团, 可与酸成 盐, 采用本领域技术人员所熟知的方法可以制备铂(I I)化合物的盐。 与无机酸, 如硝酸, 碳 酸, 硫酸或磷酸等也可形成相应的盐。 可采用的酸包括有机酸、 无机酸等。 例如, 与低级垸 基磺酸, 如甲磺酸, 三氟甲磺酸等可形成甲磺酸盐、 三氟甲磺酸盐; 与芳基磺酸, 如苯磺酸 或对甲苯磺酸等可形成对甲苯磺酸盐、 苯磺酸盐、 樟脑磺酸盐; 与有机羧酸, 如乙酸, 富马 酸, 酒石酸, 草酸, 马来酸, 苹果酸, 琥珀酸、 乳酸或柠檬酸等可形成相应的盐; 与氨基酸, 如谷氨酸或天冬氨酸可形成谷氨酸盐或天冬氨酸盐。  In some embodiments provided herein, the leaving group of the compound of the present invention contains a basic group which can be salted with an acid, and a salt of the platinum (I I) compound can be prepared by a method well known to those skilled in the art. Corresponding salts can also be formed with inorganic acids such as nitric acid, carbonic acid, sulfuric acid or phosphoric acid. The acids which can be used include organic acids, inorganic acids and the like. For example, a lower sulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid or trifluoromethanesulfonic acid can form a methanesulfonate or a triflate; and an arylsulfonic acid such as benzenesulfonic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid. Forming p-toluenesulfonate, besylate, camphorsulfonate; with organic carboxylic acids such as acetic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malic acid, succinic acid, lactic acid or citric acid Forming the corresponding salt; forming an glutamate or aspartate with an amino acid such as glutamic acid or aspartic acid.
本发明的化合物与其盐的形式可以通过本领域常规的方法相互转换, 例如可通过使盐与 碱或酸接触再按常规方式分离得到游离形式的化合物, 还可以通过将化合物加入酸或碱再采 用常规方法分离得到其盐的形式。 化合物游离形式的某些物理性质例如在极性溶剂中的溶解 度与各种盐形式的不同,但对于本发明目的, 盐与母体形式的化合物具有同样抗肿瘤的效果。  The form of the compound of the present invention and its salt can be converted into each other by a conventional method in the art, for example, by contacting the salt with a base or an acid and then separating the compound in a free form in a conventional manner, or by adding the compound to an acid or a base. The salt form is isolated by conventional methods. Certain physical properties of the free form of the compound, e.g., solubility in polar solvents, differ from the various salt forms, but for the purposes of the present invention, the salt has the same antitumor effect as the parent form of the compound.
除盐形式外, 本发明提供前药酯形式的化合物。 本文中所述化合物的 "前药"是在生理 环境下容易发生化学变化得到本发明化合物的那些化合物。 另外, 可通过在离体环境中用化 学或生物化学方法将前药转化为本发明化合物。 例如, 当置于含合适的酶或化学试剂的透皮 贴剂储库时, 可将前药缓慢转化为本发明化合物。 前药经常在转化为活性药物前是药理学惰 性化合物, 但这种情况并非必须。 通常通过将药物中可能是活性部分需要的官能团用 "前体 基团" (以下定义的)掩盖, 形成可以经过转化 (例如在特定使用条件下裂解)释放官能团从而 得到活性药物的 "前体部分", 获得前药。 可对前体部分例如通过水解反应, 或通过另一种作 用物 (例如酶、 光、 酸或碱)或物理或环境参数改变 (例如温度改变)或暴露于物理或环境参数 将其催化或诱导, 进行自发性裂解。 作用物相对于使用环境可以是内源性的, 例如存在于给 予前药的细胞内的酶或胃的酸性环境, 或可由外源提供。  In addition to the salt form, the invention provides a compound in the form of a prodrug ester. "Prodrugs" of the compounds described herein are those compounds which readily undergo chemical changes under physiological conditions to give the compounds of the invention. Alternatively, prodrugs can be converted to the compounds of the invention by chemical or biochemical methods in an ex vivo environment. For example, a prodrug can be slowly converted to a compound of the invention when placed in a transdermal patch reservoir containing a suitable enzyme or chemical reagent. Prodrugs are often pharmacologically inert compounds prior to conversion to the active drug, but this is not required. The "precursor moiety" of the active drug can be obtained by masking a functional group of the drug that may be required for the active moiety with a "precursor group" (defined below) to form a functional group that can be converted (eg, cleaved under specific conditions of use) to release the functional group. ", get a prodrug. The precursor moiety can be catalyzed or induced, for example, by a hydrolysis reaction, or by another substrate (such as an enzyme, light, acid or base) or physical or environmental parameter changes (such as temperature changes) or exposure to physical or environmental parameters. , for spontaneous lysis. The agent may be endogenous to the environment of use, such as an enzyme present in the cells to which the prodrug is administered or an acidic environment of the stomach, or may be provided by an exogenous source.
"前体基团"是指当用于掩盖活性药物中的官能团形成 "前体部分"时能够将药物转化 为前药的一类保护基团。 前体基团通常通过键与药物的官能团连接, 所述键在特定使用条件 下可裂解。 因此, 前体基团为前体部分的一部分, 该前体部分在特定使用条件下裂解, 释放 官能团。 作为特定实例, 式 -NH-C (0) CH3的酰胺前体部分包含前体基团- C (0) CH3"Precursor group" refers to a class of protecting groups that are capable of converting a drug into a prodrug when used to mask a functional group in the active drug to form a "precursor moiety." The precursor group is typically linked to the functional group of the drug by a bond which is cleavable under the particular conditions of use. Thus, the precursor group is part of a precursor moiety that is cleaved under specific conditions of use and released Functional group. As a specific example, the formula -NH-C (0) CH 3 amide promoiety comprising a precursor group - C (0) CH 3.
适合掩盖活性化合物中官能团以得到前药的很多种前体基团和得到的前体部分在本领域 中熟知。 例如, 可将羟基官能团掩盖变为磺酸酯、 酯 (例如乙酸酯或马来酸酯)或碳酸酯前体 部分, 该前体部分可在体内水解, 得到羟基。 可将氨基官能团掩盖变为酰胺、 氨基甲酸酯、 亚胺、 脲、 苯膦基、 憐酰基或氧硫基前体部分, 它们可在体内水解, 得到氨基。 可将羧基掩 盖成为酯 (包括甲基、 乙基、 新戊酰氧基甲基、 甲硅垸基酯和硫代酸酯)、 酰胺或酰肼前体部 分, 它们可在体内水解得到羧基。 本发明包括本领域中已知的用于改变溶解度或水解特性的 那些酯和酰基, 以用作缓释或前药制剂。 合适的前体基团和它们的相应前体部分的特定实例 对本领域技术人员而言是显而易见的。  A wide variety of precursor groups suitable for masking functional groups in the active compound to give prodrugs and the resulting precursor moieties are well known in the art. For example, the hydroxy functionality can be masked to a sulfonate, ester (e.g., acetate or maleate) or carbonate precursor moiety which can be hydrolyzed in vivo to provide a hydroxyl group. The amino functional group can be masked to an amide, carbamate, imine, urea, phenylphosphino, pity acyl or oxythio precursor moiety which can be hydrolyzed in vivo to give an amino group. The carboxyl group can be masked as an ester (including methyl, ethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, silicylide, and thioester), an amide or a hydrazide precursor which can be hydrolyzed in vivo to give a carboxyl group. The present invention includes those esters and acyl groups known in the art for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics for use as sustained release or prodrug formulations. Specific examples of suitable precursor groups and their corresponding precursor moieties will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
本发明某些化合物可以非溶剂化形式和包括水合形式在内的溶剂化形式存在。 "溶剂化 物"是指由溶剂分子与溶质的分子或离子结合形成的复合物。 溶剂可为有机化合物、 无机化 合物或二者的混合物。 溶剂的某些实例包括但不限于甲醇、 N, N-二甲基甲酰胺、 四氢呋喃、 二甲亚砜和水。 一般而言, 溶剂化形式等同于非溶剂化形式, 并包括在本发明范围内。 本发 明某些化合物可以多晶形或无定形形式存在。 一般而言, 对于本发明设想的用途, 所有物理 形式均相同并在本发明范围内。  Certain compounds of the invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms including hydrated forms. "Solvate" means a complex formed by the combination of a solvent molecule and a molecule or ion of a solute. The solvent may be an organic compound, an inorganic compound or a mixture of the two. Some examples of solvents include, but are not limited to, methanol, N,N-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl sulfoxide, and water. In general, the solvated forms are equivalent to the unsolvated forms and are included within the scope of the invention. Certain compounds of the invention may exist in a polymorphic or amorphous form. In general, all physical forms are the same and are within the scope of the invention for the purposes contemplated by the present invention.
本发明某些化合物具有不对称碳原子 (旋光中心)或双键; 其外消旋体、 非对映体、 几何 异构体、 区域异构体和单个异构体 (例如分离的对映体)均包括在本发明范围内。 可用常规方 法将这些异构体拆分或不对称合成, 以使异构体 "旋光纯", 即基本上不含它的其它异构体。 例如, 如果需要本发明化合物的特定对映体, 可通过不对称合成制备, 或通过用手性助剂衍 生化, 其中将得到的非对映异构的混合物分离, 再将助剂基团裂解得到纯的需要的对映体。 或者, 当分子含碱性官能团例如氨基或酸性官能团例如羧基时, 用适当的旋光活性酸或碱形 成不对称异构的盐, 然后通过本领域中熟知的分级结晶或色谱方法将由此形成的非对映体拆 分, 然后回收纯对映体。  Certain compounds of the invention have asymmetric carbon atoms (optical centers) or double bonds; racemates, diastereomers, geometric isomers, regioisomers, and individual isomers (eg, isolated enantiomers) All are included in the scope of the invention. These isomers may be resolved or asymmetrically synthesized by conventional methods to render the isomer "optically pure", i.e., substantially free of other isomers thereof. For example, if a particular enantiomer of a compound of the invention is desired, it can be prepared by asymmetric synthesis or by derivatization with a chiral auxiliary, wherein the resulting diastereomeric mixture is separated and the auxiliary group is cleaved. The pure desired enantiomer is obtained. Alternatively, when the molecule contains a basic functional group such as an amino group or an acidic functional group such as a carboxyl group, an asymmetrically active salt is formed with a suitable optically active acid or base, and then the resulting non-form is formed by fractional crystallization or chromatographic methods well known in the art. The enantiomers are resolved and the pure enantiomers are recovered.
本发明化合物也可在构成该化合物的一个或多个原子中含非正常比例的原子同位素。 例 如, 可将化合物用放射性同位素例如氚 (¾)、 碘 -125 ('251) 或碳 -14 (14C)标记。 无论是否具有 放射性, 本发明化合物的所有同位素形式均包括在本发明范围内。 The compounds of the invention may also contain an unusual proportion of atomic isotopes in one or more of the atoms that make up the compound. For example, the compound can be labeled with a radioactive isotope such as hydrazine (3⁄4), iodine-125 ( '25 1) or carbon-14 ( 14 C). All isotopic forms of the compounds of the invention, whether or not they are radioactive, are included within the scope of the invention.
本发明另一目的为提供一种前述化合物的制备方法。  Another object of the present invention is to provide a process for the preparation of the aforementioned compounds.
一、 式 (A) 的制备方法包括以下步骤:  1. The preparation method of the formula (A) comprises the following steps:
( 1 ): 取氯亚铂酸钾加水, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取碘化钾加水溶解后投入到上述氯亚铂酸 钾溶液中, 充氮下避光、 水浴条件进行反应;  (1): Take potassium chloroplatinate and add water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take potassium iodide and dissolve in water, put it into the above potassium chloroplatinate solution, and react under nitrogen and water bath conditions;
( 2 ): 取1?4^12加水溶解后滴加到 (1 ) 的反应液中, 水浴条件下进行反应; (3):将反应液冷却至室温以下, 取1 ^ 加水溶解后滴加到(2)的反应液中,水浴反应, 有大量黄色沉淀生成, 将反应液内温度冷却到室温以下抽滤, 洗涤, 得二碘二胺合铂 (11 )。 (2): Take 1? 4 ^1 2 dissolved in water, and then added dropwise to the reaction solution of (1), and the reaction is carried out under water bath conditions; (3): The reaction solution is cooled to room temperature or lower, dissolved in 1 ^ water, added dropwise to the reaction solution of (2), and reacted in a water bath to form a large amount of yellow precipitate. The temperature in the reaction solution is cooled to room temperature and filtered. After washing, diiododiamine platinum (11) is obtained.
(4): 取 Ag2S0Jm入水中搅拌, 取上述二碘二胺合铂 (II )投入反应液中, 再加入水, 充 氮下避光水浴条件下反应, 抽滤得二水二胺合铂 (II ) ·硫酸盐。 (4): Ag 2 S0Jm is stirred in water, and the above diiododiamine platinum (II) is added to the reaction solution, water is added, and the reaction is carried out under nitrogen-protected water bath, and filtered to obtain dihydrated diamine. Platinum (II) · Sulfate.
(5): 取丙二酸二乙酯, 和 Br- R3-Br置于烧瓶中,加入 K2C(¾, 四丁基溴化铵搅拌, 加热 反应, 抽滤,除去固体并洗涤,合并滤液, 洗涤有机层, 干燥, 减压蒸馏溶剂, 收集馏出物。 (5): Take diethyl malonate, and Br-R 3 -Br in a flask, add K 2 C (3⁄4, tetrabutylammonium bromide, stir, heat, filter, remove solids and wash, The filtrate was combined, the organic layer was washed, dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and the distillate was collected.
(6 ): 2- Br- R3-丙二酸二乙酯置于烧瓶中,加入无水1(2( 03, 和乙腈搅拌。
Figure imgf000015_0001
加入反应液中,加热反应, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入有机溶剂溶解, 水溶液洗涤, 有机 层干燥, 减压抽除溶剂, 得产物,纯化。
(6): Diethyl 2-Br-R 3 -malonate was placed in a flask, and anhydrous 1 ( 2 (0 3 ) , and acetonitrile was added and stirred.
Figure imgf000015_0001
The reaction mixture is added to the reaction mixture, the reaction is heated, and the insoluble material is filtered off. The filtrate is dried, dissolved in an organic solvent, washed with an aqueous solution, and dried over organic solvent.
(7 ): 取 (6 ) 的产物置于烧瓶中,加入 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌。  (7): The product of (6) was placed in a flask, and a NaOH solution was added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature.
(8): 取(7) 产物, 用酸溶液调节 pH, 再加入上述 (4) 的产物, 加热反应。  (8): Take (7) the product, adjust the pH with an acid solution, add the product of (4) above, and heat the reaction.
优选的制备方法如下:  The preferred preparation method is as follows:
( 1 ): 取氯亚铂酸钾加水, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取碘化钾加水溶解后投入到上述氯亚铂酸 钾溶液中, N2保护, 注意避光, 水浴 40~60°C下反应 30~60min; (1): Take potassium chloroplatinate and add water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take potassium iodide and dissolve in water, put it into the above potassium chloroplatinate solution, protect with N 2 , take care to avoid light, and react in water bath at 40~60 °C. ~60min;
(2): 取 R4NH2加水溶解后滴加到 (1 ) 的反应液中, 水浴 40~60°C下反应 30~60min; (2): taking R 4 NH 2 dissolved in water, adding dropwise to the reaction solution of (1), and reacting in a water bath at 40-60 ° C for 30-60 min;
(3):将反应液冷却到 20°C以下,取 R5NH2加水溶解后滴加到(2)的反应液中,水浴 40~60 °C下反应 30~60min, 有大量黄色沉淀生成, 将反应液内温度冷却到 20°C以下抽滤, 依次用水、 无水乙醇、 乙醚洗涤, 得二碘二胺合铂 (11 )。 (3): The reaction solution is cooled to below 20 ° C, dissolved in R 5 NH 2 with water, added dropwise to the reaction solution of (2), and reacted in a water bath at 40-60 ° C for 30-60 min, and a large amount of yellow precipitate is formed. The temperature in the reaction liquid was cooled to 20 ° C or less and filtered under suction, and washed with water, anhydrous ethanol and diethyl ether to obtain diiododiamine platinum (11).
(4): 取 Ag2S04加入水中搅拌, 取上述二碘二胺合铂 (II ) 投入反应液中, 再加入水, 保护,避光下于 40~60°C反应 4~8h, 抽滤得二水二胺合铂 (II ) ·硫酸盐。 (4): Ag 2 S0 4 is added to the water and stirred. The above diiododiamine platinum (II) is added to the reaction solution, water is added, protected, and reacted at 40 to 60 ° C for 4 to 8 hours in the dark. The dihydrate diamine platinum (II) sulfate was filtered.
(5): 取丙二酸二乙酯, 和 Br-R3-Br置于烧瓶中,加入 K2C , 四丁基溴化铰搅拌, 油浴加 热反应, 抽滤,除去固体并用乙醚洗涤,合并滤液, 用水洗涤有机层, 干燥, 减压蒸镏溶剂, 收集一定真空度的馏出物。 (5): Take diethyl malonate, and Br-R 3 -Br in a flask, add K 2 C, stir the tetrabutyl bromide, heat the reaction in an oil bath, filter by suction, remove the solid and wash with ether. The filtrate was combined, the organic layer was washed with water, dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to collect a distillate of a vacuum.
(6): 取 2- Br-R3-丙二酸二乙酯置于三口烧瓶中,加入无水1(2(:03, 和乙腈搅拌。 (6): 2-Br-R 3 -malonic acid diethyl ester was placed in a three-necked flask, and anhydrous 1 ( 2 (:0 3 ) was added and stirred with acetonitrile.
另取 B R'〉 。 加入反应液中, 油浴加热反应, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽千后加入乙酸乙酯溶解, 用饱和 NaCl 水溶液洗涤, 有机层干燥, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 纯化。 Also take B R '>. The reaction mixture was added to the reaction mixture, and the reaction was heated in an oil bath. The insoluble material was filtered off. The filtrate was evaporated, and then ethyl acetate was dissolved. The mixture was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCI, and the organic layer was dried.
( 7): 取 (6) 的产物置于烧瓶中,加入上述 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌。 (8): 取 (7) 产物, 用酸溶液调, 再加入上述 (4) 的产物, 加热反应- (7): The product of (6) was placed in a flask, and the above NaOH solution was added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature. (8): Take (7) the product, adjust with an acid solution, then add the product of (4) above, heat the reaction -
11
Cl/" '. Cl/ "'.
H2 H 2
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000016_0002
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000016_0002
二、 式 (c)的制备方法如下:  2. The preparation method of formula (c) is as follows:
(1): 取氯亚铂酸钾加水, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取碘化钾加水溶解后投入到上述氯亚铂酸 钾溶液中, 充氮下避光水浴条件进行反应;  (1): Take potassium chloroplatinate and add water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take potassium iodide and dissolve in water, put it into the above potassium chloroplatinate solution, and react under nitrogen-protected water bath conditions;
(2): 取双齿氨 NH2-X-NH2加水溶解后滴加到(1) 的反应液中, 水浴反应, 有大量黄色沉 淀生成, 将反应液内温度冷却到室温以下抽滤, 洗涤, 得双齿二碘二胺合铂 (11)。 (2): The bidentate ammonia NH 2 -X-NH 2 is dissolved in water and added dropwise to the reaction solution of (1). The reaction is carried out in a water bath, and a large amount of yellow precipitate is formed. The temperature in the reaction liquid is cooled to room temperature and filtered. After washing, bidentate diiododiamine platinum (11) is obtained.
(3): 取 Ag2S04加入水中搅拌, 取上述二碘二胺合铂 (Π)投入反应液中, 再加入水, 充 氮下避光水浴条件下反应, 抽滤得二水二胺合铂 (II) ·硫酸盐。 (3): Ag 2 S0 4 is added to water and stirred, and the above diiododiamine platinum (ruthenium) is added to the reaction liquid, water is added, and the reaction is carried out under nitrogen-protected conditions under a nitrogen bath, and filtered to obtain dihydrated diamine. Platinum (II) · Sulfate.
(4): 取丙二酸乙酯, 和 Br-R3-Br置于烧瓶中,加入 1UX)3, 四丁基溴化铵搅拌, 加热反 应, 抽滤,除去固体并洗涤,合并滤液, 洗涤有机层, 干燥, 减压蒸馏溶剂, 收集馏出物。 (4): Take ethyl malonate, and Br-R 3 -Br in a flask, add 1 UX) 3 , stir the tetrabutylammonium bromide, heat the reaction, suction filtration, remove the solid and wash, and combine the filtrate. The organic layer was washed, dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to distill.
(5): 取 2- Br-R3 -丙二酸乙酯置于烧瓶中,加入无水 K2C03, 和乙腈搅拌。 (5): 2-Br-R 3 -malonic acid ethyl ester was placed in a flask, anhydrous K 2 CO 3 3 was added , and acetonitrile was stirred.
另取 , 。 加入反应液中,加热反应, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯溶解, 用饱和 NaCl水溶液 洗涤, 有机层干燥, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 纯化。  Also take, . After the reaction mixture was added, the reaction mixture was heated, and the insoluble material was filtered. The filtrate was evaporated, and then ethyl acetate was dissolved, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, and the organic layer was dried.
(6): 取 (5) 的产物置于烧瓶中,加入 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌。  (6): The product of (5) was placed in a flask, and a NaOH solution was added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature.
(7): 取 (6) 产物, 用酸溶液调, 再加入上述 (3) 的产物, 加热反应。 优选的 (7): Take (6) the product, adjust with an acid solution, then add the product of the above (3), and heat the reaction. Preferred
(1): 取氯亚铂酸钾加水, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取碘化钾加水溶解后投入到上述氯亚铂酸 钾溶液中, N2保护, 注意避光, 水浴 40~60°C下反应 30~60min; (1): Take potassium chloroplatinate and add water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take potassium iodide and dissolve in water, put it into the above potassium chloroplatinate solution, protect with N 2 , take care to avoid light, and react in water bath at 40~60 °C. ~60min;
(2): 取双齿氨 NH2-X-NH2加水溶解后滴加到 (1) 的反应液中, 水浴 40~60°C下反应 30~60min, 有大量黄色沉淀生成, 将反应液内温度冷却到 20°C以下抽滤, 依次用水、 无水乙 醇、 乙醚洗涤, 得双齿二碘二胺合铂 (11)。 (2): Take the bidentate ammonia NH 2 -X-NH 2 dissolved in water and then add dropwise to the reaction solution of (1). The reaction is carried out in a water bath at 40-60 ° C for 30-60 min. A large amount of yellow precipitate is formed, and the reaction solution is formed. The internal temperature was cooled to below 20 ° C and filtered under suction, followed by washing with water, absolute ethanol and diethyl ether to obtain a bidentate diiododiamine platinum (11).
(3): 取 Ag2S0„加入水中搅拌, 取上述二碘二胺合铂 (II) 投入反应液中, 再加入水, N2 保护,避光下于 40~60'C反应 4〜8h, 抽滤得二水二胺合铂 (Π) ·硫酸盐。 (3): Take Ag 2 S0 „ add water to stir, take the above diiododiamine platinum (II) into the reaction solution, add water, protect with N 2 and react at 40~60′C for 4~8h in the dark. , suction filtration to obtain dihydrate diamine platinum (Π) · sulfate.
(4): 取丙二酸乙酯, 和 Br- R3-Br置于烧瓶中,加入 K2C03, 四丁基溴化铵搅拌, 油浴加热 反应, 抽滤,除去固体并用乙醚洗涤,合并滤液, 用水洗涤有机层, 干燥, 减压蒸馏溶剂, 收 集一定真空度的馏出物。 (4): Take ethyl malonate, and Br-R 3 -Br in a flask, add K 2 C0 3 , stir the tetrabutylammonium bromide, heat the reaction in an oil bath, filter by suction, remove the solid and wash with ether. The filtrate was combined, and the organic layer was washed with water, dried, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to collect a distill.
(5):取 2- Br- R3-丙二酸乙酯置于三口烧瓶中,加入无水 K2C03,和乙腈搅拌。另取 R,_NH-R2 加入反应液中, 油浴加热反应, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯溶解, 用饱和 NaCl 水溶液洗涤, 有机层干燥, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 纯化。 (5): Ethyl 2-Br-R 3 -malonate was placed in a three-necked flask, anhydrous K 2 C0 3 was added , and acetonitrile was stirred. Further, R, _NH-R 2 is added to the reaction solution, and the reaction is heated in an oil bath. The insoluble matter is filtered off, the filtrate is drained, dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl, and the organic layer is dried. , purified.
(6): 取(5) 的产物置于烧瓶中,加入上述 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌。  (6): The product of (5) was placed in a flask, and the above NaOH solution was added thereto, followed by stirring at room temperature.
(7): 取 (6) 产物, 用酸溶液调节 pH, 再加入 (3) 的产物, 加热反应。  (7): Take (6) the product, adjust the pH with an acid solution, add the product of (3), and heat the reaction.
CI//',丄,"、、、ci 4KI X " CI// ', 丄, ",,, ci 4KI X
1〃"',,一,、、、、\|  1〃"',,一,,,,,\|
'Pt" NH.  'Pt" NH.
CI CI
Figure imgf000017_0001
上述制得的产物还可以进一步按本领域常规的方法制备手性化合物和其他可药用盐。 例 如, 将制得的产物在 pH为 9- 11的条件下制成游离碱基, 溶于小分子醇如甲醇、 乙醇等有机溶 剂中, 再与不同的酸反应可生成对应的盐; 或者将制得的化合物加水使溶解, 冷却后通过填 充阴离子交换树脂 (0H型) 柱, 转化为其它阴离子根都被羟基置换所得的季铵氢氧化物, 加 入酸即得相应的盐; 在目标化合物具有手性中心时, 还可以将制得的化合物在 pH为 9-11的条 件下制成游离碱, 溶于小分子醇如甲醇、 乙醇等有机溶剂中, 加入适量的手性扁桃酸溶液, 获得手性扁桃酸盐, 结晶析出, 经反复操作可以获得纯手性产物。 本发明还提供了含有以上化合物、 其药学可接受盐、 立体异构体、 前药或其溶剂化物和 药学可接受载体和 /或赋形剂的药物组合物。组合物含 0. 01 %-100 % , 优选 0. 1 %-100 %, 更 优选 1 %-100%, 还更优选 20%-100 % (重量)的一种或多种本发明化合物, 其余部分由合适 的药物载体和 /或赋形剂组成。 可通过本领域中熟知的方法, 使用合适的载体和 /或赋形剂与 本发明化合物组成组合物以和给药途径相匹配。
Figure imgf000017_0001
The product obtained above can also be further prepared as a chiral compound and other pharmaceutically acceptable salts by conventional methods in the art. For example, the obtained product is made into a free base at a pH of 9-11, dissolved in an organic solvent such as methanol or ethanol, and reacted with a different acid to form a corresponding salt; or The obtained compound is dissolved by adding water, cooled, and then filled with an anion exchange resin (0H type) column to be converted into a quaternary ammonium hydroxide obtained by replacing the other anion radicals with a hydroxyl group, and the corresponding salt is obtained by adding an acid; In the chiral center, the obtained compound can also be made into a free base under the condition of pH 9-11, dissolved in a small molecule alcohol such as methanol, ethanol and the like, and an appropriate amount of chiral mandelic acid solution is obtained. The chiral mandelic acid salt crystallizes and can be obtained by repeated operations to obtain a pure chiral product. The present invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the above compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, a stereoisomer, a prodrug or a solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or excipient. The composition contains from 0.01% to 100%, preferably from 0.1% to 100%, more preferably from 1% to 100%, still more preferably from 20% to 100% by weight, of one or more compounds of the invention, the remainder Part of it consists of a suitable pharmaceutical carrier and/or excipient. Compositions of the compounds of the invention may be combined with the routes of administration by methods well known in the art using suitable carriers and/or excipients.
单位剂量制剂中活性化合物的量可以在 0. OO lmg至 lOOOmg之间, 优选 0. O lmg至 500tng 之间, 更优选 lmg至 lOOmg之间, 最优选 10mg至 50mg之间变化。  The amount of active compound in a unit dosage formulation may vary from 0.001 mg to 1000 mg, preferably from 0.1 mg to 500 tng, more preferably from 1 mg to 100 mg, most preferably from 10 mg to 50 mg.
给药可以是例如口服、 局部、 静脉内、 皮下、 经皮、 透皮、 肌内、 关节内、 肠胃外、 动 脉内、 皮内、 心室内、 颅内、 腹膜内、 损害部位内、 鼻内、 直肠、 阴道、 吸入或通过植入储 库。 本文中使用的术语 "肠胃外"包括皮下、 静脉内、 肌内、 关节内、 滑液内、 胸骨内、 鞘 内、 肝内、 损害部位内和颅内注射或输注技术。 优选静脉内给予组合物。 可将本发明制剂设 计为速效、速释或长效。再另外,可通过局部而非全身方式给予化合物,例如给予 (例如注射) 缓释制剂。 按照代表性实施方案, 本发明组合物可配制为给予哺乳动物, 优选人的药物。  Administration can be, for example, oral, topical, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal, transdermal, intramuscular, intra-articular, parenteral, intra-arterial, intradermal, intraventricular, intracranial, intraperitoneal, intralesional, intranasal, intranasal , rectal, vaginal, inhaled or through an implanted reservoir. The term "parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intra-synovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional, and intracranial injection or infusion techniques. Preferably, the composition is administered intravenously. The formulations of the invention may be designed to be fast acting, immediate release or long lasting. Still further, the compound can be administered by topical rather than systemic means, e.g., administration (e.g., injection) of a sustained release formulation. According to a representative embodiment, the compositions of the invention may be formulated as a medicament for administration to a mammal, preferably a human.
可重复给予含一种或多种本发明组合物, 例如至少 2、 3、 4、 5、 6、 7、 8或更多次, 或 可通过连续输注给予组合物。 给药的合适部位包括但不限于血管、 肌肉、 皮肤、 支气管、 肠 胃、 肛门、 阴道、 眼睛和耳朵。 制剂可采用液体剂型、 冻干粉末形式、 固体或半固体, 例如 溶液、 混悬液、 乳液、 片剂、 丸剂、 胶囊剂、 散剂、 栓剂、 滞留型灌肠剂、 霜剂、 软膏剂、 洗剂、 凝胶剂、 气雾剂等, 优选适合简单给予准确剂量的单位剂型。  The composition comprising one or more of the invention may be administered repeatedly, for example at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or more times, or the composition may be administered by continuous infusion. Suitable sites for administration include, but are not limited to, blood vessels, muscles, skin, bronchi, gastrointestinal, anus, vagina, eyes and ears. The preparation may be in the form of a liquid dosage form, a lyophilized powder form, a solid or a semi-solid, such as a solution, a suspension, an emulsion, a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a powder, a suppository, a retention enema, a cream, an ointment, a lotion A gelling agent, an aerosol, or the like is preferably suitable for simply administering an accurate dosage unit dosage form.
对于肠胃外给药, 组合物可为无菌注射液和无菌包装粉末形式。 优选, 在 114. 5-7. 5中 配制注射液。  For parenteral administration, the compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable solution and a sterile packaged powder. Preferably, the injection is prepared in 114. 5-7.
无菌注射形式的本发明组合物为水或油混悬液。 可按本领域中己知技术, 用合适的分散 或湿润剂和悬浮剂配制这些混悬液。 无菌注射制剂也可为溶于或悬浮于无毒的肠胃外可接受 的稀释剂或溶剂的无菌注射溶液或混悬液, 例如溶于 1 , 3-丁二醇的溶液。 可使用的可接受 的溶媒和溶剂包括水、 林格氏液和等渗氯化钠溶液。 另外, 无菌非挥发性油通常还用作溶剂 或悬浮基质。 为此, 可使用包括合成的甘油单酯或二酯在内的任何品牌的非挥发油。 与天然 药学上可接受的油例如橄榄油或蓖麻油, 尤其是它们的聚氧乙基化形式相同, 脂肪酸例如油 酸及其甘油酯衍生物可用于制备注射制剂。 这些油溶液或混悬液也可含长链醇稀释剂或分散 剂, 例如羧甲基纤维素或通常用于包括乳液和混悬液在内的药学上可接受的剂型的制剂中的 类似分散剂。 其它常用的表面活性剂例如吐温、 司盘和通常用于制备药学上可接受的固体、 液体或其它剂型的其它乳化剂或生物利用度促进剂也可用于制剂目的。 可配制通过注射例如 大剂量注射或连续输注用于肠胃外给药的化合物。 注射用单位剂型可以在安瓿或多剂量容器 中。 The compositions of the invention in sterile injectable form are aqueous or oily suspensions. These suspensions may be formulated with suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents according to techniques known in the art. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension or dispersion in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, non-volatile oils are often used as solvents. Or suspending the matrix. For this purpose, any brand of non-volatile oil including synthetic mono- or diglycerides can be used. In the same manner as natural pharmaceutically acceptable oils such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated form, fatty acids such as oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful in the preparation of injectable preparations. These oil solutions or suspensions may also contain a long-chain alcohol diluent or dispersant, such as carboxymethylcellulose or similar dispersions typically used in formulations of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Agent. Other commonly used surfactants such as Tween, Span, and other emulsifiers or bioavailability enhancers commonly used in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid or other dosage forms are also useful for formulation purposes. Compounds for parenteral administration by injection, for example, bolus injection or continuous infusion, can be formulated. Unit dosage forms for injection can be in ampoules or in multi-dose containers.
也可提供冻干形式的本发明组合物。 此类组合物可包含给药前用于复溶的缓冲剂例如碳 酸氢盐, 或冻干组合物中可包含缓冲剂, 用于例如水复溶。 冻干组合物还可含合适的血管收 缩药, 例如肾上腺素。可通过注射器提供冻干组合物, 任选与用于复溶的缓冲剂包装在一起, 以便可立即给予患者该复溶组合物。  Compositions of the invention may also be provided in lyophilized form. Such compositions may comprise a buffer such as a hydrogencarbonate for reconstitution prior to administration, or a buffer may be included in the lyophilized composition for, for example, water reconstitution. The lyophilized composition may also contain a suitable vasoconstrictor, such as epinephrine. The lyophilized composition can be provided by syringe, optionally packaged with a buffer for reconstitution, so that the reconstituted composition can be administered to the patient immediately.
本发明药用组合物还可以为任何口服可接受的剂型, 它们包括片剂、 胶囊剂、 扁囊剂、 乳液、 混悬液、 溶液、 糖浆、 酏剂、 喷雾剂、 丸剂、 锭剂、 散剂、 颗粒剂和缓释制剂。 用于 口服给药的合适的赋形剂包括药用级甘露醇、 乳糖、 淀粉、 硬脂酸镁、 糖精钠、 滑石粉、 纤 维素、 葡萄糖、 明胶、 蔗糖、 碳酸镁等。 在用于口服的片剂的情况下, 常用的载体包括乳糖 和玉米淀粉。 通常还加入润滑剂例如硬脂酸镁。 对于胶囊剂, 有用的稀释剂包括乳糖和干燥 玉米淀粉。 当口服用药需要水混悬液时, 将活性成分与乳化和悬浮剂混合。 也可酌情加入一 些甜味剂、 矫味剂或着色剂。  The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may also be in any orally acceptable dosage form, including tablets, capsules, cachets, emulsions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, elixirs, sprays, pills, troches, powders. , granules and sustained release preparations. Suitable excipients for oral administration include pharmaceutical grades of mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharin, talc, cellulose, glucose, gelatin, sucrose, magnesium carbonate and the like. In the case of tablets for oral administration, commonly used carriers include lactose and corn starch. A lubricant such as magnesium stearate is usually also added. For capsules, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When an aqueous suspension is required for oral administration, the active ingredient is mixed with emulsifying and suspending agents. Some sweeteners, flavoring agents or coloring agents may also be added as appropriate.
可通过将一种或多种本发明化合物和任选一种或多种药学上可接受的辅料溶于或分散在 载体例如盐水溶液、 葡萄糖水溶液、 甘油、 乙醇等中, 形成例如用于口服、 局部或静脉内给 药的溶液或混悬液, 制备液体组合物。 可用无菌液体例如油、 水、 乙醇及其组合制备液体混 悬液或溶液形式的药物制剂。 对于口服或肠胃外给药, 可加入药剂上合适的表面活性剂、 悬 浮剂或乳化剂。 混悬液可含油, 例如花生油、 芝麻油、 棉籽油、 玉米油和橄榄油。 混悬液制 剂也可含脂肪酸的酯, 例如油酸乙酯、 肉豆蔻酸异丙酯; 脂肪酸甘油酯和乙酰脂肪酸甘油酯。 混悬液制剂可包含醇, 例如乙醇、 异丙醇、 十六醇、 甘油和丙二醇。 醚例如聚(乙二醇); 石 油烃例如矿物油和凡士林, 水也可用于混悬液制剂。  It may be formed, for example, for oral administration by dissolving or dispersing one or more compounds of the invention and optionally one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients in a carrier such as a saline solution, aqueous dextrose, glycerol, ethanol or the like. A liquid or composition is prepared by topical or intravenous administration of a solution or suspension. Pharmaceutical preparations in the form of liquid suspensions or solutions may be prepared using sterile liquids such as oil, water, ethanol, and combinations thereof. For oral or parenteral administration, a suitable surfactant, suspending agent or emulsifier may be added to the agent. The suspension may contain oils such as peanut oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil and olive oil. The suspension formulation may also contain esters of fatty acids such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate; fatty acid glycerides and acetyl fatty acid glycerides. The suspension formulation may contain an alcohol such as ethanol, isopropanol, cetyl alcohol, glycerol and propylene glycol. Ethers such as poly(ethylene glycol); petroleum hydrocarbons such as mineral oil and petrolatum, water can also be used in suspension formulations.
组合物可采用丸剂、 片剂或胶囊剂形式, 因此, 组合物可含与一种或多种稀释剂, 例如 乳糖、 蔗糖、 磷酸氢二钙等; 崩解剂, 例如淀粉或其衍生物; 润滑剂, 例如硬脂酸镁等; 和 / 或粘合剂, 例如淀粉、 阿拉伯胶、 聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、 明胶、 纤维素及其衍生物。 可通过本领 域技术人员己知的任何压制或模塑方法制备片剂。 可通过在合适的机器中压制任选与辅助成 分 (例如粘合剂、 润滑剂、 稀释剂、 崩解剂或分散剂)混合的自由流动形式 (例如粉末或颗粒) 的本发明化合物, 制备压制片剂。 可通过在合适的机器中塑造本发明化合物与任何合适的载 体的粉末混合物制备模塑片剂。 The composition may be in the form of a pill, a tablet or a capsule, and thus, the composition may contain one or more diluents such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, etc.; a disintegrating agent such as starch or a derivative thereof; Lubricants, such as magnesium stearate, and the like; and/or binders such as starch, gum arabic, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gelatin, cellulose, and derivatives thereof. Tablets can be prepared by any compression or molding process known to those skilled in the art. Can be optionally and assisted by pressing in a suitable machine A compressed tablet of the present invention in a free-flowing form (e.g., powder or granule) in admixture (e.g., a binder, a lubricant, a diluent, a disintegrant, or a dispersing agent) is prepared. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a powder mixture of the compound of the invention and any suitable carrier.
或者本发明药用组合物可以为用于直肠给药的栓剂形式。 可通过使药物与合适的在室温 下为固体但在直肠温度下为液体并从而在直肠中释放药物的合适的非刺激性赋形剂混合, 制 备这些栓剂。 此类材料包括可可豆脂、 蜂蜡、 聚乙二醇、 硬脂肪和 /或氢化椰油甘油酯。 适合 直肠给药的组合物也可含直肠灌肠剂单位, 该单位含一种或多种本发明化合物和药学上可接 受的溶媒 (例如 50 %乙醇水溶液或盐水溶液), 此类溶媒与直肠和 /或结肠在生理上相容。 直 肠灌肠剂单位含被惰性盖保护的涂药器尖端, 该尖端优选由聚乙烯组成, 用润滑剂例如白凡 士林润滑, 优选由单向阀保护, 以阻止发出的药物回流。 直肠灌肠剂单位还具有足够长度, 优选 2英寸, 将其通过肛门插入结肠。  Alternatively, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be in the form of a suppository for rectal administration. These suppositories can be prepared by admixing the drug with suitable suitable non-irritating excipients which are solid at room temperature but liquid at the rectal temperature and thereby release the drug in the rectum. Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax, polyethylene glycol, hard fat and/or hydrogenated cocoglyceride. Compositions suitable for rectal administration may also contain rectal enema units containing one or more compounds of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle (for example, a 50% aqueous solution of ethanol or saline), such vehicles and rectal and / or the colon is physiologically compatible. The rectal enema unit contains an applicator tip protected by an inert lid which preferably consists of polyethylene, lubricated with a lubricant such as white petrolatum, preferably protected by a one-way valve to prevent backflow of the ejected drug. The rectal enema unit is also of sufficient length, preferably 2 inches, to be inserted through the anus into the colon.
本发明药用组合物也可为局部给药形式, 尤其是当治疗靶标包括通过局部施用容易进入 的区域或器官时, 这些器官的疾病包括眼睛、 皮肤或下肠道的疾病。 容易制备用于这些区域 或器官中各区域或器官的合适的局部制剂。 对于局部给药, 含一种或多种本发明化合物的组 合物可为乳液、 洗剂、 凝胶剂、 泡沫、 霜剂、 胶冻、 溶液、 混悬液、 软膏剂和透皮贴剂形式。  The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may also be in the form of topical administration, especially when the therapeutic target includes areas or organs which are easily accessible by topical application, and diseases of these organs include diseases of the eyes, skin or lower intestinal tract. Suitable topical formulations for use in these areas or organs or organs in these organs are readily prepared. For topical administration, compositions containing one or more compounds of the invention may be in the form of emulsions, lotions, gels, foams, creams, jellies, solutions, suspensions, ointments and transdermal patches. .
可通过直肠栓剂制剂或合适的灌肠剂制剂实现在下肠道局部施用。 也可使用局部透皮贴 剂。 对于局部施用, 可配制合适的软膏剂形式的药用组合物, 该软膏剂含悬浮于或溶于一种 或多种载体的活性成分。 用于局部给予本发明化合物的载体包括但不限于矿物油、 液体凡士 林、 白凡士林、 丙二醇、 聚氧乙烯、 聚氧丙烯化合物、 乳化蜡和水。 或者, 可配制合适的洗 剂或霜剂形式的药用组合物, 这些洗剂或霜剂含悬浮于或溶于一种或多种药学上可接受的载 体的活性成分。 合适的载体包括矿物油、 司盘- 60、 吐温- 60、 鲸蜡酯、 蜡、 鲸蜡醇、 2-辛基 十二醇、 苯甲醇和水。  Topical administration in the lower intestinal tract can be achieved by a rectal suppository formulation or a suitable enema formulation. Topical transdermal patches can also be used. For topical administration, a pharmaceutical composition in the form of a suitable ointment containing the active ingredient suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers may be formulated. Carriers for topical administration of the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, a pharmaceutical composition in the form of a suitable lotion or cream may be formulated containing the active ingredient suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include mineral oil, Span-60, Tween-60, cetyl ester, wax, cetyl alcohol, 2-octyl decadiol, benzyl alcohol and water.
也可通过鼻气雾剂或吸入给予本发明药用组合物。 对于通过吸入递药, 可通过喷雾器递 送干燥粉末或液体形式的组合物。 按照药物制剂领域中已知技术制备此类组合物, 且可在盐 水中, 用苯甲醇或其它合适的防腐剂、加强生物利用度的吸收促进剂、氟碳化合物和 /或其它 常规增溶剂或分散剂制备溶液形式的组合物。  The pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may also be administered by nasal aerosol or inhalation. For delivery by inhalation, a dry powder or liquid form of the composition can be delivered by a nebulizer. Such compositions are prepared according to techniques known in the art of pharmaceutical formulation, and may be employed in saline, with benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, bioavailability absorption enhancers, fluorocarbons and/or other conventional solubilizing agents or A dispersant prepares a composition in the form of a solution.
可用于这些组合物的药学上可接受的载体包括离子交换剂、氧化铝、硬脂酸铝、卵磷脂; 血清蛋白例如人血清白蛋白; 缓冲物质例如磷酸盐; 甘氨酸、 山梨酸、 山梨酸钾、 饱和植物 脂肪酸的偏甘油酯混合物、 水、 盐或电解质例如硫酸鱼精蛋白、 磷酸氢二钠、 磷酸氢钾、 氯 化钠、 锌盐; 胶 体二氧化硅、 三硅酸镁、 聚乙烯吡咯烷酮、 纤维素类物质、 聚乙二醇、 羧甲 基纤维素钠、 聚丙烯酸酯、 蜡、 聚乙烯 -聚氧丙烯-嵌段聚合物、 聚乙二醇和羊毛酯。 合适的赋形剂的实例包括但不限于水、 盐水、 乳糖、 葡萄糖、 蔗糖、 山梨醇、 甘露醇、 淀粉、 阿拉伯胶、 磷酸钙、 藻酸盐、 黄芪胶、 明胶、 硅酸钙、 微晶纤维素、 聚乙烯吡咯垸酮、 纤维素、 糖浆、 甲基纤维素、 乙基纤维素、 羟丙基甲基纤维素和聚丙烯酸, 例如卡波普。 组 合物还可含润滑剂例如滑石粉、 硬脂酸镁和矿物油; 湿润剂; 乳化剂; 悬浮剂; 防腐剂例如 甲基-、 乙基-和丙基 -羟基 -苯甲酸酯; pH调节剂例如无机和有机酸和碱; 甜味剂; 和矫味剂。 Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers which can be used in these compositions include ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin; serum proteins such as human serum albumin; buffer substances such as phosphate; glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate a mixture of partial glycerides of saturated plant fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts; colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinylpyrrolidone , Cellulosic materials, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, polyethylene glycol and lanolin. Examples of suitable excipients include, but are not limited to, water, saline, lactose, glucose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starch, gum arabic, calcium phosphate, alginate, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline Cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, syrup, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, and polyacrylic acid, such as carbopol. The compositions may also contain lubricants such as talc, magnesium stearate and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifiers; suspending agents; preservatives such as methyl-, ethyl- and propyl-hydroxy-benzoates; Regulators such as inorganic and organic acids and bases; sweeteners; and flavoring agents.
除上述那些代表性剂型外, 本领域技术人员通常还已知其他的药学上可接受的赋形剂和 载体和剂型, 均包括在本发明中。 应理解, 任何具体患者的特定剂量和治疗方案要取决于多 种因素, 它们包括使用的具体化合物的活性、 患者的年龄、 体重、 一般健康状况、 性别、 饮 食状况、 给药时间、 排泄速度、 联合药物、 治疗医师的判断和所治疗的具体疾病的严重性。 活性成分的量还取决于具体化合物和(如果存在的话)组合物中的其它治疗药物。  In addition to those representative dosage forms described above, other pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and carriers and dosage forms are generally known to those skilled in the art and are included in the present invention. It will be understood that the particular dosage and treatment regimen of any particular patient will depend on a variety of factors, including the activity of the particular compound employed, the age, weight, general health, sex, condition, time of administration, rate of excretion, The combination of the drug, the judgment of the treating physician, and the severity of the particular disease being treated. The amount of active ingredient will also depend on the particular compound and, if present, other therapeutic agents in the composition.
以上药物组合物还可以进一步包括其他冶疗或辅助治疗增殖性疾病的活性成份, 或者与 其他治疗或辅助治疗增殖性疾病的药物组合使用。 例如, 本发明之外的抗增生剂、 免疫调节 剂、 抗癌药、 细胞毒剂、 抗肿瘤辅助用药组合使用。  The above pharmaceutical compositions may further comprise other active ingredients for the treatment or adjuvant treatment of proliferative diseases, or in combination with other drugs for the treatment or adjuvant treatment of proliferative diseases. For example, an anti-proliferative agent, an immunomodulator, an anticancer drug, a cytotoxic agent, and an antitumor auxiliary drug other than the present invention are used in combination.
其它这些治疗剂的实例包括: 抗增生剂, 如甲氨蝶吟、 FK506 (藤霉素, Prograf)、 霉酚 酸莫菲替克; 细胞毒素药物, 例如硫唑嘌呤和环磷酰胺; TNF- α抑制剂, 例如替尼达普; 抗 TNF抗体或可溶性 TNF受体, 例如 etanercept (Enbrel) ; 雷帕霉素, Ieflunimide, 和环加氧 酶 -2 (C0X-2)抑制剂, 如 celecoxib和 rofecoxib, 或它们的衍生物; 以及现有技术已公开的 PTK抑制剂。 Examples of other such therapeutic agents include: anti-proliferative agents such as methotrexate, FK506 ( Futomycin , Pro gra f), mycophenolic mofetil; cytotoxic drugs such as azathioprine and cyclophosphamide; TNF-α inhibitors, such as tenidap; anti-TNF antibodies or soluble TNF receptors, such as etanercept (Enbrel); rapamycin, Ieflunimide, and cyclooxygenase-2 (C0X-2) inhibitors, such as Celecoxib and rofecoxib, or derivatives thereof; and PTK inhibitors disclosed in the prior art.
典型的各类抗癌药和细胞毒性剂包括但不限于: 烷基化试剂, 例如氮芥、 烷基磺酸酯、 硝基脲、 氮丙啶和三氮烯; 抗代谢物, 例如叶酸盐拮抗剂、 嘌呤类似物和嘧啶类似物; 抗生 素类, 例如蒽环素、 博来霉素、 丝裂霉素、 更生霉素和褶皱霉素 ·, 酶, 例如 L-天冬酰胺酶; 法尼基蛋白转移酶抑制剂; 激素药剂, 例如, 糖皮质激素、 雌激素 /抗雌激素、 雄激素 /抗雄 激素、 孕酮、 促黄体素释放激素拮抗剂、 乙酸善得定; 微管破坏剂, 例如海鞘素或其类似物 及衍生物; 微管稳定剂, 例如紫杉醇、 多西紫杉醇和印 othi lone或其类似物或衍生物; 源自 植物的产物, 例如长春花生物碱、 表鬼臼毒素、 紫杉烷; 拓扑异构酶抑制剂; 异戊二烯基蛋 白质转移酶抑制剂; 杂类试剂, 例如, 羟基脲、 甲基苄肼、 氯苯二氯乙垸、 六甲基密胺、 铂 配位络合物如顺铂和卡铂; 以及用于抗癌的其它药剂和细胞毒性剂,例如生物学响应调节剂, 生长因子; 免疫调节剂和单克隆抗体。 本发明化合物还可与辐射疗法联合使用。  Typical types of anticancer and cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents such as nitrogen mustard, alkyl sulfonates, nitroureas, aziridines and triazene; antimetabolites such as folic acid Salt antagonists, purine analogs and pyrimidine analogs; antibiotics such as anthracycline, bleomycin, mitomycin, dactinomycin and plenummycin, enzymes such as L-asparaginase; Nylon protein transferase inhibitors; hormone agents, for example, glucocorticoids, estrogens/antiestrogens, androgens/antiandrogens, progesterone, luteinizing hormone releasing hormone antagonists, acetic acid, and microtubule destruction Agents such as echinosin or analogues and derivatives thereof; microtubule stabilizers, such as paclitaxel, docetaxel, and othi lone or analogs or derivatives thereof; plant-derived products, such as vinca alkaloids, table ghosts Scorpion toxin, taxane; topoisomerase inhibitor; isoprenyl protein transferase inhibitor; heterogeneous reagent, for example, hydroxyurea, procarbazine, chlorobenzoic acid, hexamethylene Amine, Platinum coordination complexes such as cisplatin and carboplatin; and other agents and cytotoxic agents for anticancer, such as biological response modifiers, growth factors; immunomodulators and monoclonal antibodies. The compounds of the invention may also be used in combination with radiation therapy.
这些类别的抗癌药和细胞毒性剂的实例包括但不限于: 盐酸氮芥、 环磷酰胺、 苯丁酸氮 芥、 抗瘤氨酸、 异环磷酰胺、 白消安、 卡氮芥、 环己亚硝脲、 甲环亚硝脲、 链脲霉素、 塞替 哌、 达卡巴嗪、 甲氨蝶呤、 硫鸟蝶呤、 巯基嘌呤、 氟达拉滨、 Pentastat in、 克拉立平、 阿糖 胞苷、 氟尿嘧啶、 盐酸阿霉素、 柔红霉素、 去甲氧柔红霉素、 硫酸博来霉素、 丝裂霉素 (:、 放线霉素 D、 safracins, 小诺米星、 quinocarcins、 discodermol ides、 长春新碱、 长春碱、 维诺利宾酒石酸盐、 依托泊苷、 鬼臼噻吩苷、 紫杉醇、 三苯氧胺、 雌氮芥、 磷酸雌二醇氮芥 钠盐、 氟利坦、 布舍瑞林、 利普安、 蝶啶、 二炔类、 左旋咪唑、 aflacoru 干扰素、 白细胞间 介素、阿地白介素、 菲尔司啶、骨髓生长因子、美罗华、 BCG、维生素 A酸、伊立替康盐酸盐、 倍他米松、 吉西他滨盐酸盐、 六甲嘧胺和托泊替堪, 以及它们的任何类似物或衍生物。 Examples of these classes of anticancer and cytotoxic agents include, but are not limited to, nitrogen mustard, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, anti-tumorine, ifosfamide, busulfan, carmustine, ring Nitrosourea, nitrosourea, streptozotocin, thiotepa, dacarbazine, methotrexate, thiopterin, guanidinium, fludarabine, pentastat in, claripine, a Sugar Cytidine, fluorouracil, doxorubicin hydrochloride, daunorubicin, demethoxydaunorubicin, bleomycin sulfate, mitomycin (:, actinomycin D, safracins, small nomiline, quinocarcins , discodermol ides, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine tartrate, etoposide, podophyllotoxin, paclitaxel, tamoxifen, estramustine, estradiol sodium salt, fluridine, fluritan Relin, Lipian, pteridine, diacetylene, levamisole, aflacoru interferon, interleukin, aldileukin, philsidine, bone marrow growth factor, rituximab, BCG, retinoic acid, irinotecan Hydrochloride, betamethasone, gemcitabine hydrochloride, hexamethyleneamine and topotecan, and any analogs or derivatives thereof.
这些类别中的优选成员包括但不限于: 紫杉醇、 顺铂、 卡铂、 阿霉素、 去甲柔红霉素、 柔红霉素、 氨基喋呤、 甲氨喋呤、 甲基喋吟、 丝裂霉素 (:、 ecteinascidin, 波福霉素、 5-氟 尿嘧啶、 6-巯基嘌呤、 吉西他滨、 阿糖胞苷、 鬼臼毒素或鬼臼毒素衍生物, 例如依托泊苷、 磷酸依托泊苷或鬼白噻吩苷, 抗瘤氨酸、 长春碱、 长春新碱、 异长春碱、 长春地辛和环氧长 春碱。  Preferred members of these categories include, but are not limited to: paclitaxel, cisplatin, carboplatin, doxorubicin, noredamycin, daunorubicin, aminoguanidine, methotrexate, methylhydrazine, silk Mycomycin (:, ecteinascidin, buffomycin, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, gemcitabine, cytarabine, podophyllotoxin or podophyllotoxin derivatives such as etoposide, etoposide phosphate or ghost Lethiophene glycosides, anti-tyrosine, vinblastine, vincristine, isovinblastine, vindesine, and vinorelbine.
抗肿瘤药和其它细胞毒性剂的实例包括: US6262094、 DE4138042, W097/19086, W098/2246K W098/25929、 W098/38192, W099/01124、 W099/02224 W099/02514, W099/03848、 W099/07692、 W099/27890、 W099/28324> W099/43653、 W099/54330 W099/54318, W099/54319、 W099/65913、 W099/67252、 W099/67253,和 WOOO/00485中的 epothi lone衍生物; W099/24416 中的依赖细胞周期蛋白的激酶抑制剂; 以及如 W097/30992和 W098/54966中的异戊二烯基蛋 白转移酶抑制剂。  Examples of antineoplastic agents and other cytotoxic agents include: US6262094, DE4138042, W097/19086, W098/2246K W098/25929, W098/38192, W099/01124, W099/02224 W099/02514, W099/03848, W099/07692, W099/27890, W099/28324> W099/43653, W099/54330 W099/54318, W099/54319, W099/65913, W099/67252, W099/67253, and epothi lone derivatives in WOOO/00485; W099/24416 Cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors; and isoprenyl protein transferase inhibitors such as W097/30992 and W098/54966.
以上的其它治疗剂, 当与本发明化合物一起使用时, 可以用例如在临床用药手册中所指 出的剂量, 或者按照本领域普通技术人员所确定的剂量使用。  The above other therapeutic agents, when used together with the compounds of the present invention, can be used, for example, in the dosages indicated in the clinical manual, or in dosages determined by those of ordinary skill in the art.
最后, 本发明还提供了一种治疗细胞增殖性疾病的方法, 包括给予有需要的患者治疗有 效量的式 A化合物。  Finally, the invention also provides a method of treating a cell proliferative disorder comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of formula A.
"细胞增殖性疾病"是指特征在于细胞异常增殖的病症。增殖病不表示对细胞生长速度的 任何限制, 而是仅表示丧失对影响生长和细胞分裂的正常控制。 因此, 增殖病的细胞可具有 与正常细胞相同的细胞分裂速度, 但不响应限制这种生长的信号。 "细胞增殖病 "在赘生物或 肿瘤范围内, 赘生物或肿瘤为组织的异常生长。 "癌症"是指特征在于细胞增殖的各种恶性肿 瘤中任意一种, 这些肿瘤具有侵入周围组织和 /或转移到新的定居部位的能力。  "Cell proliferative disorder" refers to a disorder characterized by abnormal proliferation of cells. Proliferative disease does not imply any limitation on the rate of cell growth, but merely indicates loss of normal control of growth and cell division. Thus, cells of proliferative disease can have the same rate of cell division as normal cells, but do not respond to signals that limit this growth. "Cell proliferative disease" is in the range of neoplasms or tumors, and neoplasms or tumors are abnormal growth of tissues. "Cancer" refers to any of a variety of malignant tumors characterized by cell proliferation that have the ability to invade surrounding tissues and/or metastasize to new colonization sites.
通常而言, 可用本文中公开的化合物治疗的细胞增殖病涉及特征在于异常细胞增殖的任 何病症。 这些包括各种良性或恶性、 转移或非转移的肿瘤和癌症。 可用本文中所述方法对抗 癌症的特殊性质, 例如组织侵袭性或转移性。细胞增殖病包括多种癌症, 它们包括但不限于: 癌: 包括膀胱癌、 乳腺癌、 结肠癌、 肾癌、 肝脏癌、 肺癌、 小细胞肺癌、 卵巢癌、 前列 腺癌、 胰腺癌、 食道癌、 胃癌、 胆囊癌、 宫颈癌、 甲状腺癌、 皮肤癌和鳞状细胞癌; 淋巴系统的造血性肿瘤: 包括白血病、 急性淋巴系统白血病、 急性成淋巴细胞白血病、 β -细胞淋巴瘤、 T-细胞淋巴瘤、 Hodgkins氏淋巴瘤、 非 - Hodgkins氏淋巴瘤、 絨毛细胞淋巴 瘤和 Burketts氏淋巴瘤; In general, cell proliferative disorders that can be treated with the compounds disclosed herein involve any disorder characterized by abnormal cell proliferation. These include a variety of benign or malignant, metastatic or non-metastatic tumors and cancers. The specific properties of cancer, such as tissue invasiveness or metastasis, can be combated by the methods described herein. Cell proliferative diseases include a variety of cancers, including but not limited to: cancer: including bladder cancer, breast cancer, colon cancer, kidney cancer, liver cancer, lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, esophageal cancer, Gastric cancer, gallbladder cancer, cervical cancer, thyroid cancer, skin cancer, and squamous cell carcinoma; Hematopoietic tumors of the lymphatic system: including leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, beta-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, Hodgkins' lymphoma, non-Hodgkins' lymphoma, villous cell lymphoma and Burketts'lymphoma;
骨髓系统的造血性肿瘤: 包括急性和慢性骨髓白血病、 骨髓发育不良综合征和早幼粒细 胞白血病;  Hematopoietic tumors of the myeloid system: including acute and chronic myeloid leukemia, myelodysplastic syndrome, and promyelocytic leukemia;
中枢和外周神经系统的肿瘤: 包括星形细胞瘤、成神经细胞瘤、神经胶质瘤和神经鞘瘤; 间质来源的瘤: 包括纤维肉瘤、 横纹肌肉瘤和骨肉瘤;  Tumors of the central and peripheral nervous system: including astrocytoma, neuroblastoma, glioma, and schwannomas; interstitial-derived tumors: including fibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and osteosarcoma;
其它肿瘤: 包括黑素瘤、 xenoderma pigmentos 胺化棘皮瘤、 精原细胞瘤、 甲状腺滤 泡癌和畸胎癌。  Other tumors include melanoma, xenoderma pigmentos aminated acanthoma, seminoma, thyroid follicular carcinoma and teratocarcinoma.
可用所述化合物治疗的细胞增殖病是血液肿瘤, 该肿瘤为造血系统的细胞畸形生长。 血液肿瘤包括淋巴细胞瘤,其中异常细胞源自淋巴样细胞谱系细胞和 /或显示淋巴样细胞 谱系细胞的特征表型。淋巴样细胞瘤可细分为 B细胞瘤、 T和 NK细胞瘤, 以及霍奇金淋巴瘤。 B细胞瘤可再细分为始祖 B细胞瘤和成熟 /外周 B细胞瘤。举例说明的 B细胞瘤为前体 B淋巴 性白血病 /淋巴瘤(前体 B细胞急性淋巴性白血病), 成熟 /外周 B细胞瘤为 B细胞慢性淋巴性 白血病 /小淋巴性淋巴瘤、 B细胞幼淋巴性白血病、 淋巴浆性淋巴瘤、 脾缘区 B细胞淋巴瘤、 多毛细胞白血病、 血浆细胞骨髓瘤 /浆细胞瘤、 MALT型的泛域缘区 B细胞淋巴瘤、 节缘区 B 细胞淋巴瘤、 滤泡淋巴瘤、 套细胞淋巴瘤、 弥散性大 B细胞淋巴瘤、 纵隔大 B细胞淋巴瘤、 原发性渗透性淋巴瘤和伯基特淋巴瘤 /伯基特细胞白血病。 T细胞和 Nk细胞瘤再细分为前体 T 细胞癌和成熟 (外周) T细胞瘤。 前体 T细胞瘤为前体 T-淋巴细胞淋巴瘤 /白血病(前体 T细胞 急性淋巴细胞白血病), 成熟 (外周) T细胞瘤为 T细胞幼淋巴细胞白血病 T细胞颗粒淋巴细胞 白血病、攻击性 NK细胞白血病、成人 T细胞淋巴瘤 /白血病(HTLV-1)、结外鼻型 NK/T细胞淋 巴瘤; 鼻型、 致病型 T细胞淋巴瘤、 肝脾 Υ - δ Τ细胞淋巴瘤、 皮下脂膜炎样 Τ细胞淋巴瘤、 早样肉芽肿 /赛塞利综合征、退行性大细胞淋巴瘤; Τ/无效细胞, 初级皮肤型外周 Τ细胞淋巴 瘤、 未另外表征的血管免疫母细胞性 Τ细胞淋巴瘤、 退行性大细胞淋巴瘤、 Τ/无效细胞, 初 级全身型。 淋巴样细胞瘤中的第三种是霍奇金淋巴瘤, 又称为霍奇金病。 可用所述化合物治 疗的该类疾病的诊断包括但不限于节状淋巴细胞超优势霍奇金淋巴瘤以及各种经典形式的霍 奇金病, 其中节状硬化霍奇金淋巴瘤(1级和 2级)、 富集淋巴细胞的经典霍奇金淋巴瘤、 混 合 型细胞构成霍奇金淋巴瘤和淋巴细胞耗竭霍奇金淋巴瘤。  A cell proliferative disorder that can be treated with the compound is a blood tumor that is a cell malformation of the hematopoietic system. Hematological tumors include lymphomas in which abnormal cells are derived from lymphoid cell lineage cells and/or exhibit a characteristic phenotype of lymphoid cell lineage cells. Lymphoid cell tumors can be subdivided into B cell tumors, T and NK cell tumors, and Hodgkin's lymphoma. B cell tumors can be subdivided into primordial B cell tumors and mature/peripheral B cell tumors. An example of B-cell tumor is precursor B lymphocytic leukemia/lymphoma (precursor B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia), mature/peripheral B-cell tumor is B-cell chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphoma, B-cell Lymphocytic leukemia, lymphoplasmic lymphoma, spleen border B-cell lymphoma, hairy cell leukemia, plasma cell myeloma/plasma tumor, MALT-type pan-domain B-cell lymphoma, marginal zone B-cell lymphoma , Follicular lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma, mediastinal large B-cell lymphoma, primary osmotic lymphoma, and Burkitt's lymphoma/Burkitt cell leukemia. T cells and Nk cell tumors are subdivided into precursor T cell carcinoma and mature (peripheral) T cell tumors. Precursor T-cell tumor is precursor T-lymphocytic lymphoma/leukemia (precursor T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia), mature (peripheral) T-cell tumor is T-cell lymphocytic leukemia, T-cell granulosa leukemia, aggressive NK cell leukemia, adult T-cell lymphoma/leukemia (HTLV-1), extranodal nasal type NK/T-cell lymphoma; nasal type, pathogenic T-cell lymphoma, hepatosplenic sputum - δ sputum cell lymphoma, subcutaneous Panniculitis-like sputum cell lymphoma, early granuloma/Sessley syndrome, degenerative large cell lymphoma; sputum/ineffective cells, primary cutaneous peripheral sputum cell lymphoma, vascular immunoblasts not otherwise characterized Sputum cell lymphoma, degenerative large cell lymphoma, sputum/ineffective cells, primary systemic type. The third of lymphoid cell tumors is Hodgkin's lymphoma, also known as Hodgkin's disease. The diagnosis of such diseases that can be treated with the compounds includes, but is not limited to, nodular lymphocyte super-dominant Hodgkin's lymphoma and various classical forms of Hodgkin's disease, wherein the sclerosing hardening Hodgkin's lymphoma (Grade 1 and Grade 2), classical Hodgkin's lymphoma enriched in lymphocytes, mixed cells constitute Hodgkin's lymphoma and lymphocytes deplete Hodgkin's lymphoma.
血液肿瘤还包括髓细胞瘤。 该类瘤包括涉及或显示髓细胞谱系细胞的特征表型的一大类 细胞增殖病。髓细胞瘤可细分为骨髓增生病、骨髓增生异常 /骨髓增生疾病、骨髓增生异常综 合征和急性髓细胞白血病。 骨髓增生疾病为慢性骨髓粒细胞白血病、 慢性嗜中性粒细胞白血 病、慢性嗜酸性粒细胞白血病 /嗜酸细胞增多综合征、慢性自发性骨髓纤维变性、 红细胞增多 症和原发性血小板增多症。骨髓增生异常 /骨髓增生疾病为慢性单核髓细胞白血病、非典型性 慢性骨髓粒细胞白血病和青少年单核髓细胞白血病。 骨髓增生异常综合征为有环纹成高铁红 细胞和无环纹成高铁红细胞的顽固性贫血病、伴多系发育不良的顽固性血细胞减少症 (骨髓增 生异常综合征)、 伴过量胚细胞的顽固性贫血病 (骨髓增生异常综合征)、 5ci-综合征和骨髓增 生异常综合征。 可用所述本发明化合物治疗与相关的任何 髓细胞瘤。 Hematological tumors also include myeloma. Such tumors include a large class of cell proliferative disorders that are involved in or display characteristic phenotypes of myeloid lineage cells. Myeloid cells can be subdivided into myeloproliferative diseases, myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative diseases, myelodysplastic syndromes, and acute myeloid leukemia. Myeloproliferative diseases are chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic neutrophil white blood Disease, chronic eosinophilic leukemia/eosinophilic syndrome, chronic spontaneous myelofibrosis, erythrocytosis, and essential thrombocytosis. Myelodysplastic/myeloproliferative disorders are chronic mononuclear myeloid leukemia, atypical chronic myelogenous leukemia and adolescent mononuclear myeloid leukemia. Myelodysplastic syndrome is a refractory anemia with ring-like high-iron red blood cells and non-circular high-iron red blood cells, refractory cytopenia with multiple dysplasia (myelodysplastic syndrome), and stubbornness with excessive blasts Anemia (myelodysplastic syndrome), 5ci-syndrome and myelodysplastic syndrome. Any myeloma can be treated and treated with the compounds of the invention.
可用所述化合物治疗急性髓细胞白血病 (AML),该白血病代表具有可再细分病症的一大类 髓细胞瘤。 这些分支包括但不限于伴复发性细胞遗传易位的 AM 伴多系发育不良的 AML和 其它未分类的 AML。伴轮回细胞遗传易位的 AML包括但不限于具有 t (8; 21 ) (q22 ; q22)的 AML, AMLl (CBF- a ) /ET0、 急性早幼粒细胞白血病(具有 t ( 15 ; 17) (q22 ; q l l- 12)的 AML和变型, PML/RAR- a ) , 伴异常骨髓嗜酸性粒细胞(inv ( 16) (p l 3q22)或 t ( 16 ; 16) (p l 3 ; q l l ) CBFb/MYHl lX)的 AML以及和 l l q23 (MLL)异常的 AML。 伴多系发育不良的 AML是与前骨髓增生 异常综合征有关或无关的那些 AML。 未划分在任何可定义类的其它急性髓细胞白血病包括最 小分化的 AML、 未成熟的 AML、 成熟 AML、 急性单核髓细胞白血病、 急性单核型白血病、 急性 类红细胞型白血病、 急性巨核细胞型白血病、 急性嗜碱细胞白血病以及和伴骨髓纤维变性的 急性全髓白血病。 The compounds can be used to treat acute myeloid leukemia (AML), which represents a large class of myeloid tumors with re-segmentable conditions. These branches include, but are not limited to, AM with polymorphic dysplasia with recurrent cytogenetic translocation and other unclassified AML. AML with recurrent cellular genetic translocations includes, but is not limited to, AML with t (8; 21 ) (q22 ; q22), AML1 (CBF-a) / ET0, acute promyelocytic leukemia (with t (15; 17) (q22 ; ql l- 12) AML and variants, PML/RAR-a), with abnormal bone marrow eosinophils (inv (16) (pl 3q22) or t (16; 16) (pl 3 ; qll ) CBFb /MLHl lX) AML and AML with ll q23 (MLL) exception. AML with multiple dysplasia is those associated with or not associated with premyelodysplastic syndrome. Other acute myeloid leukemias not classified in any definable class include minimally differentiated AML, immature AML, mature AML, acute mononuclear myeloid leukemia, acute mononuclear leukemia, acute erythroid leukemia, acute megakaryocyte type Leukemia, acute basophilic leukemia, and acute whole myeloid leukemia with myelofibrosis.
优选治疗的肿瘤为乳腺癌、 肺癌、 结肠癌、 胃癌、 食管癌、 卵巢癌、 骨肉瘤、 宫颈癌、 肝癌、 脑瘤、 前列腺癌、 黑色素瘤。  Preferred tumors to be treated are breast cancer, lung cancer, colon cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, ovarian cancer, osteosarcoma, cervical cancer, liver cancer, brain tumor, prostate cancer, melanoma.
本发明文中的 "治疗"表示缓解与病症或疾病有关的症状, 或终止那些症状进一步发展 或恶化, 或阻止或预防疾病或病症。  "Treatment" in the context of the present invention means alleviating the symptoms associated with the condition or disease, or terminating the further development or worsening of those symptoms, or preventing or preventing the disease or condition.
术语 "药学有效量"、 "治疗有效量"或 "治疗有效剂量"是指研究人员、 兽医、 医师或 其它临床技师正在寻找的引起组织、 系统、 动物或人的生物或医学反应的主题化合物的量。  The term "pharmaceutically effective amount," "therapeutically effective amount," or "therapeutically effective amount" refers to a subject compound that is being sought by a researcher, veterinarian, physician, or other clinical technician to cause a biological or medical response to a tissue, system, animal, or human. the amount.
术语 "治疗有效量"包括给予后足以阻止正在治疗的疾病或病症的一种或多种症状发展 或缓解至某种程度的化合物的量。 治疗有效量须随化合物、 病症或状态及其严重性以及所治 疗的哺乳动物的年龄、 体重等而变。  The term "therapeutically effective amount" includes an amount of a compound which, after administration, is sufficient to prevent the development or alleviation of one or more symptoms of the disease or condition being treated to some extent. The therapeutically effective amount will vary with the compound, condition or condition and its severity, as well as the age, weight, etc. of the mammal being treated.
本文中定义的 "患者 "包括动物,例如哺乳动物,哺乳动物包括但不限于灵长类 (例如人)、 母牛、 绵羊、 山羊、 马、 狗、 猫、 兔、 大鼠、 小鼠等。 在优选的实施方案中, 患者为人。 本 发明化合物的有效量可以由本领域普通技术人员决定, 对于成人的剂量为每 kg体重每天 0. 001-lOOOmg活性化合物,可以以单剂量给药,或者以各个分剂量的形式用药,例如每天 1-4 次。 应该清楚, 对于任何特定的对象, 具体的剂量水平和给药次数可以变化, 这取决于多种 因素, 包括所用的具体化合物的活性, 该化合物的代谢稳定性和作用时间长短, 用药对象的 物种、 年龄、 体重、 健康概况、 性别和饮食习惯、 用药的方式和时间、 排泄速度、 药物的组 合以及具体病症的严重程度。 A "patient" as defined herein includes animals, such as mammals, including but not limited to primates (eg, humans), cows, sheep, goats, horses, dogs, cats, rabbits, rats, mice, and the like. In a preferred embodiment, the patient is a human. An effective amount of a compound of the present invention can be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art. For an adult dose of 0.0001-100 mg of active compound per kg body weight per day, it can be administered in a single dose or in divided doses, for example, 1 per day. -4 times. It should be clear that the specific dosage level and number of administrations may vary for any particular subject, depending on a number of factors, including the activity of the particular compound employed, the metabolic stability of the compound, and the length of action, the subject's Species, age, weight, health profile, gender and eating habits, manner and timing of medication, rate of excretion, combination of medications, and severity of specific conditions.
本发明的游离化合物相对于现有技术的抗肿瘤铂化合物, 溶解度明显提高, 在水中具有 50mg/ml以上的溶解度, 特别是本发明优选的那些实施例的化合物, 均具有 90mg/ml甚至 lOOmg/ml以上的溶解度。 而且, 现有技术的铂化合物不能成盐, 本发明的化合物可以形成盐 的形式, 更有利于其制成稳定的制剂形式。  The free compound of the present invention has a markedly improved solubility relative to the antitumor platinum compound of the prior art, and has a solubility in water of 50 mg/ml or more, particularly those of the preferred embodiments of the present invention, each having 90 mg/ml or even 100 mg/ Solubility above ml. Moreover, the prior art platinum compound cannot form a salt, and the compound of the present invention can be formed into a salt form, which is more advantageous for its preparation into a stable preparation form.
任何含有效量的化合物的以上剂型均在常规实验范围和本发明范围内。 可根据给药通路 和剂型调整治疗有效剂量。 本发明代表性化合物为显示高治疗指数的制剂。 治疗指数是毒性 与疗效的剂量比例, 可按 LD5。与体内抗肿瘤活性 (ED5。) 或体外细胞毒性 (IC5。) 的比例表示 该指数。 LD5。为使 50%种群致死的剂量, ED5。为在 50%种群中达到治疗有效的剂量。 通过标 准药学方法,在动物细胞培养基或实验动物中测定 LD5。和 ED5。。由于本发明化合物代表毒性的 LD50 (引起半数动物死亡的剂量 mmol/kg)远远高于现在技术的铂化合物顺铂和卡铂等, 而且 体内抗肿瘤活性的有效剂量和体外抑制细胞毒性浓度 IC5。值与卡铂相当或更低, 因此可用于 不能耐受卡铂、 顺铂等现有铂化合物治疗的患者, 并取得良好的技术效果。 本发明化合物可 以单独使用,或彼此组合使用,和 /或与可用于治疗增生性疾病的其它合适的治疗剂联合使用。 具体实施方式- 下面的实施例、试验例可更详细地说明本发明的可实施性, 但不以任何形式限制本发明。 本领域的技术人员应当理解, 根据现有技术的教导, 对相应的技术特征进行修改或替换, 仍 然属于本发明要求保护的范围。 本发明所用原料的纯度只要达到化学纯以上即可, 来源均可 从市场上购得。 下例实施例中所得到的化合物均为盐的形式, 这些盐形式的化合物均可以通 过加入碱调节 pH得到游离碱化合物,并且可以采用加入相应的酸的方法很容易转成其它种类 的有机或无机盐; 这些盐形式的化合物还可以通过阴离子交换树脂得到游离碱化合物, 并且 可以采用加入相应的酸的方法很容易转成其它种类的有机或无机盐。可以是但不限于硝酸盐、 碳酸盐、 碳酸氢盐、 磷酸盐、 磷酸氢盐、 磷酸二氢盐、 硫酸盐、 硫酸氢盐、 亚磷酸盐、 乙酸 盐、 丙酸盐、 异丁酸盐、 丙二酸盐、 苯甲酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 辛二酸盐、 富马酸盐、 扁桃酸盐、 苯二甲酸盐、 苯磺酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、 柠檬酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 精氨酸盐、 葡糖 醛酸盐或半乳糖酸盐等, 以下实施例中不再一一进行说明。 Any of the above dosage forms containing an effective amount of the compound are within the scope of routine experimentation and within the scope of the invention. The therapeutically effective dose can be adjusted depending on the route of administration and the dosage form. Representative compounds of the invention are those which exhibit a high therapeutic index. The therapeutic index is the dose ratio between toxicity and efficacy, which can be LD 5 . The index is expressed as the ratio of in vivo antitumor activity (ED 5 .) or in vitro cytotoxicity (IC 5 .). LD 5 . To make a 50% population lethal dose, ED 5 . To achieve a therapeutically effective dose in 50% of the population. LD 5 is determined in animal cell culture media or experimental animals by standard pharmaceutical methods. And ED 5 . . Since the compound of the present invention represents a toxic LD 50 (a dose of mmol/kg causing half of animal death) is much higher than the platinum compounds of the prior art, such as cisplatin and carboplatin, and an effective dose of antitumor activity in vivo and an inhibitory cytotoxic concentration in vitro. IC 5 . The value is comparable to or lower than carboplatin, so it can be used for patients who cannot tolerate treatment with existing platinum compounds such as carboplatin and cisplatin, and achieve good technical results. The compounds of the invention may be used alone or in combination with each other, and/or in combination with other suitable therapeutic agents useful in the treatment of proliferative diseases. BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION The following examples and test examples illustrate the exemplification of the present invention in more detail, but do not limit the invention in any way. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that modifications or substitutions of the corresponding technical features are still within the scope of the claimed invention. The purity of the raw materials used in the present invention may be as long as it is chemically pure or higher, and the sources are commercially available. The compounds obtained in the following examples are all in the form of a salt. The compounds in the form of these salts can be adjusted to pH by adding a base to obtain a free base compound, and can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or by adding the corresponding acid. Inorganic salts; compounds in the form of these salts can also be obtained as a free base compound by an anion exchange resin, and can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by the addition of the corresponding acid. May be, but not limited to, nitrates, carbonates, bicarbonates, phosphates, hydrogen phosphates, dihydrogen phosphates, sulfates, hydrogen sulfates, phosphites, acetates, propionates, isobutyric acid Salt, malonate, benzoate, succinate, suberate, fumarate, mandelate, phthalate, besylate, p-toluenesulfonate, citrate Tartrate, methanesulfonate, arginine salt, glucuronate or galactate, etc., will not be described in the following examples.
[实施例 1] : 2- ( 3- ( 1-哌啶基) -丙烷基) -丙二酸 ·顺式- ( 1, 2反式-环己二胺)合铂(II) 磷酸盐  [Example 1] : 2-(3-(1-piperidinyl)-propanyl)-malonic acid · cis-( 1, 2 trans-cyclohexanediamine) platinum (II) phosphate
步骤 1: 2- ( 3-溴丙烷基) -丙二酸二乙酯
Figure imgf000026_0001
取丙二酸二乙酯 16.15g (0. lmol) , 和 1, 3-二溴丙垸 50· 5g(0.25mol)置于 150ml三口烧瓶 中,加入 K2C0315.12g(0. llmol), 四丁基溴化铵 153mg搅拌, 油浴加热到 65~85°C反应 16~24h, 抽滤,除去固体并用乙醚 (30ml X 3次)洗涤,合并滤液, 用水 (40ml X 3次)洗涤有机层, 用 MgS04 干燥 4~8h, 减压蒸馏溶剂, 再用油泵减压蒸馏, 收集真空度 7mmHg、 135°C- 147°C馏份 9.36g, 收率 33.31%。
Step 1: 2-( 3-Bromopropanyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester
Figure imgf000026_0001
Take 15.15 g (0. lmol) of diethyl malonate and 50. 5 g (0.25 mol) of 1, 3-dibromopropene in a 150 ml three-necked flask, and add K 2 C0 3 15.12 g (0. llmol). 153mg of tetrabutylammonium bromide was stirred, heated in an oil bath to 65~85 ° C for 16~24h, filtered, filtered, washed with diethyl ether (30ml X 3 times), the filtrate was combined, washed with water (40ml X 3 times) The organic layer was dried over Mg~0 4 for 4 to 8 h, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and then distilled under reduced pressure using an oil pump to obtain a vacuum of 7 mmHg and a fraction of 9.36 g of 135 ° C - 147 ° C, yield 33.31%.
步骤 2: 2- (3- (卜哌啶基) -丙烷基) -丙二酸二乙酯  Step 2: 2-(3-(ipiperidinyl)-propanyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester
Figure imgf000026_0002
取 2-溴乙基-丙二酸二乙酯 113.6g(0.4mol) 置于三口烧瓶中,加入 55.7g(0.4mol)无水 K2C03,和乙腈 500ml搅拌。另取哌啶溶液 85.0g(1.0mol)加入反应液中, 油浴加热到 40~60°C下 反应 2-6h, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯 1000ml溶解, 用饱和 NaCl水溶液洗涤 (250ml X 3次), 有机层用无水 MgS04干燥过夜, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 得浅黄偏红色透明状物 99.5g,柱层析方法纯化得纯品 34.9g,收率 27.88%。
Figure imgf000026_0002
113.6 g (0.4 mol) of diethyl 2-bromoethyl-malonate was placed in a three-necked flask, and 55.7 g (0.4 mol) of anhydrous K 2 CO 3 3 was added thereto, and 500 ml of acetonitrile was stirred. Another 85.0g (1.0mol) of piperidine solution was added to the reaction solution, and the reaction was heated to 40-60 ° C for 2-6 hours in an oil bath. The insoluble matter was filtered off, and the filtrate was drained, and then dissolved in 1000 ml of ethyl acetate to dissolve. The aqueous solution was washed with aq. NaCl (250 ml X 3 times), and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 overnight. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 99.5 g of pale yellowish red transparent material, purified by column chromatography to yield 34.9 g of pure product. 27.88%.
步骤 3: 2- (3- (1-哌啶基) -丙垸基) -丙二酸二钠盐
Figure imgf000027_0001
Step 3: 2-(3-(1-piperidinyl)-propenyl)-malonic acid disodium salt
Figure imgf000027_0001
取 NaOH 212mg (5mmol)加水 2.5m L溶解, 即得 2M NaOH溶液,另取 2- (3- (1 -哌啶基) -丙垸基) -丙二酸二乙酯 570mg (2mraol) 置于 20mL三口烧瓶中,加入上述 NaOH溶液,室温下 搅拌 45~60h,即得 2- (3- (1-哌啶基) -丙烷基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液。 Take NaOH 212mg (5mmol) and add 2.5m L of water to dissolve, then obtain 2M NaOH solution, and take 2-(3-(1-piperidinyl)-propenyl)-malonate 570m g (2mraol) The above NaOH solution was added to a 20 mL three-necked flask, and stirred at room temperature for 45 to 60 hours to obtain a solution of 2-(3-(1-piperidinyl)-propanyl)-malonic acid disodium salt.
步骤 4: 反式-环己二胺 ·二碘合铂(II)  Step 4: trans-cyclohexanediamine-diiodoplatinum(II)
Figure imgf000027_0002
取四氯铂酸钾 (K2PtCl4) 2.075g (5圆 ol) , 加水 50ml, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取 KI6.64g (40mmol)用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 0.5~2h。 再取反式-环己二胺 571mg (5mmol) 用 50ml水溶解, 后加入反应液中, 继续保持此条件下反 应 0.5~2h。抽滤得黄色固体产物,用水(10ml X 3次)、乙醚(10ml X 3次)洗涤,得产物 2.72g, 收率 96.6%。元素分析: C12.66% (理论 12.80%); H2.65% (理论 2.51%); N4.94% (理论 4.98%)。
Figure imgf000027_0002
Take potassium chloroplatinate (K 2 PtCl 4 ) 2.075g (5 round ol), add 50ml of water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take KI6.64g (40mmol) dissolved in 50ml of water, add to the reaction solution, protect with N 2 , the water bath is heated to 40~60 °C for 0.5~2h. Further, 571 mg (5 mmol) of trans-cyclohexanediamine was dissolved in 50 ml of water, and then added to the reaction solution, and the reaction was continued for 0.5 to 2 hours under the conditions. Filtration afforded the product as a yellow solid, which was washed with water (10 ml, EtOAc) Elemental analysis: C12.66% (theoretical 12.80%); H2.65% (theoretical 2.51%); N4.94% (theoretical 4.98%).
步骤 5: 反式-环己二胺*二水合铂(Π)硫酸盐  Step 5: trans-cyclohexanediamine* platinum (ruthenium) sulfate dihydrate
Figure imgf000027_0003
取 Ag2S04625mg (2mmol)置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加水 30ral搅拌, 取反式 -环己二胺 *二 碘合钼(11)1.12g (2mmol)投入反应液中, 并再加入 40ml水反应, N2保护,避光, 水浴 40~60 °C下反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶液。
Figure imgf000027_0003
A g2 S0 4 625 mg (2 mmol) was placed in a 100 ml three-necked flask, stirred with water at 30 rpm, and trans-cyclohexanediamine*diiodomolybdenum (11) 1.12 g (2 mmol) was added to the reaction solution, and 40 ml was further added. Water reaction, N 2 protection, protection from light, water bath 40~60 °C reaction 4~8h. The Agl precipitate was removed by suction filtration to obtain a filtrate which was an aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 6: 2- (3- (1-哌啶基) -丙烷基) -丙二酸*顺式- (1, 2反式-环己二胺)合铂(II) 磷酸盐;
Figure imgf000028_0001
Step 6: 2-(3-(1-piperidinyl)-propanyl)-malonic acid*cis-(1,2-trans-cyclohexanediamine)platinum(II) phosphate;
Figure imgf000028_0001
取 2- (3- (1-哌啶基) -丙烷基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液用 P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再 将反式 -环己二胺 ·二碘合铂(Π)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~75°C 反应 4-6h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积,静止,得结晶型产物, 结晶产物溶于水, 用 NaOH 调节 pH至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10ml X 3次), 合并有机层, 加入 H3P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5-7, 得终产物 131mg。 Take 2-(3-(1-piperidinyl)-propanyl)-malonic acid disodium salt solution and adjust the pH to 5~7 with P0 4 (1M), then trans-cyclohexanediamine·diiodine The platinum (Π) sulphate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected by N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40-75 ° C for 4-6 hours, and the reaction solution is suction filtered, concentrated to a certain volume, and quenched to obtain a crystalline product, crystallized. The product was dissolved in water, the pH was adjusted to 10-11 with EtOAc and then ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times), and the organic layer was combined, and the mixture was adjusted to pH 5-7 by adding H 3 P0 4 (1M) to give the final product 131 mg.
该化合物均易溶于水, 溶解度超过 100mg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机 或无机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、富马酸盐等。游离碱元素分析: C38.24% (理论 38.06%); H5.93% (理论 5.78%); N7.72% (理论 7.84%)。  The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of more than 100 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by being free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, B. Acid salts, decanoates, p-toluenesulfonates, fumarates, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C38.24% (theoretical 38.06%); H5.93% (theoretical 5.78%); N7.72% (theoretical 7.84%).
'HNMR(D20) (ppm): δ 3.62 (t, 1H) , δ 2.90 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.43(t,2H) , δ 2.33(t,4H) , δ 1.85(m,2H), δ 1.77(m, 2Η), δ 1.62(m, 2Η) , δ 1.54(m,4H) , δ 1.46(m, 2Η) , δ 1.37(m, 2Η), δ 1.28 (m, 2Η) , δ 1.21(m,2H)。 'HNMR(D 2 0) (ppm): δ 3.62 (t, 1H) , δ 2.90 (m, 2Η), δ 2.43(t, 2H) , δ 2.33(t, 4H) , δ 1.85(m, 2H) , δ 1.77(m, 2Η), δ 1.62(m, 2Η) , δ 1.54(m, 4H) , δ 1.46(m, 2Η) , δ 1.37(m, 2Η), δ 1.28 (m, 2Η) , δ 1.21 (m, 2H).
[实施例 2]: 2- (3- (1-四氢吡咯垸基) -丙烷基) -丙二酸 ·顺式-(1, 2反式-环己二胺)合 铂(Π)磷酸盐 [Example 2]: 2-(3-(1-tetrahydropyrroleyl)-propanyl)-malonic acid·cis-(1,2-trans-cyclohexanediamine)platinum (ruthenium)phosphoric acid Salt
步骤 1: 同 [实施例 3]步骤 1。  Step 1: Same as [Example 3] Step 1.
步骤 2: 2- (3- (1-四氢吡咯烷基) -丙垸基) -丙二酸二乙酯  Step 2: 2-(3- (1-tetrahydropyrrolidinyl)-propenyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester
Figure imgf000028_0002
取 2-溴乙基-丙二酸二乙酯 113.5g(0.4mol) 置于三口烧瓶中,加入 55.7g(0.4raol)无水 K2C03, 和乙腈 500ml搅拌。 另取四氢吡咯垸溶液 71.2g(1.0mol)加入反应液中, 油浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 2-6h, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯 1000ml溶解, 用饱和 NaCl水溶 液洗涤 (250ml X 3次), 有机层用无水 MgSO,干燥过夜, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 得浅黄偏红色透明 状物 97.8g,柱层析方法纯化得纯品 31.85g,收率 26.63%
Figure imgf000028_0002
113.5 g (0.4 mol) of diethyl 2-bromoethyl-malonate was placed in a three-necked flask, and 55.7 g (0.4 raol) of anhydrous K 2 C0 3 was added , and 500 ml of acetonitrile was stirred. Another 71.2 g (1.0 mol) of tetrahydropyrrole solution was added to the reaction solution, and the oil bath was heated to The reaction was carried out at 40-60 ° C for 2-6 h, and the insoluble material was filtered. The filtrate was evaporated, and then ethyl acetate (100 ml) was dissolved, washed with saturated aqueous NaCI (250 ml X 3 times). The pump was depressurized to remove the solvent, and 97.8 g of pale yellowish red transparent material was obtained. The pure product was purified by column chromatography to obtain 31.85 g of a pure yield of 26.63%.
步骤 3: 2- (3- (1-四氢吡咯垸基) -丙烷基) -丙二酸二钠盐  Step 3: 2-(3- (1-tetrahydropyrrole)-propanyl)-malonic acid disodium salt
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
取 NaOH 205mg (5 1)加水 2.5m L溶解, 即得 2M NaOH溶液,另取 2- (3- (1 -四氢吡 咯垸基) -丙垸基) -丙二酸二乙酯 542mg (2mmol) 置于 20mL三口烧瓶中,加入上述 NaOH溶 液,室温下搅拌 45~60h,即得 2- (3- (1-四氢吡咯垸基) -丙垸基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液。  Take NaOH 205mg (5 1) and add 2.5m L of water to dissolve, then obtain 2M NaOH solution, and take 2-(3-(1-tetrahydropyrrole)-propionyl)-malonate 542mg (2mmol) The solution was placed in a 20 mL three-necked flask, and the above NaOH solution was added thereto, and stirred at room temperature for 45 to 60 hours to obtain a solution of 2-(3-(1-tetrahydropyrrole)-propionyl)-malonic acid disodium salt.
步骤 4 5: 同 [实施例 1]步骤 4 5  Step 4 5: Same as [Example 1] Step 4 5
步骤 6: 2- (3- (1-四氢吡咯垸基) -丙垸基) -丙二酸 ·顺式- (1 2反式-环己二胺) 合铂(Π)磷酸盐;  Step 6: 2-(3-(1-tetrahydropyrrole)-propionyl)-malonic acid ·cis-(1 2 trans-cyclohexanediamine) platinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
Figure imgf000029_0002
Figure imgf000029_0002
取 2- (3- (1-四氢吡咯垸基) -丙垸基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液用 P04 ( 1M)调节 pH至 5~7 再将反式-环己二胺 ·二碘合铂(Π)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~75 °C反应 4- 6h,将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积,静止,得结晶型产物,结晶产物溶于水,用 NaOH 调节 pH至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10mlX3次), 合并有机层, 加入 P04 ( 1M) 调节 pH至 5-7, 得终产物 123mg Take 2-(3-(1-tetrahydropyrrole)-propionyl)-malonic acid disodium salt solution and adjust the pH to 5~7 with P0 4 (1M) and then trans-cyclohexanediamine. The diiodoplatinum (ruthenium) sulphate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected by N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40-75 ° C for 4-6 h, and the reaction solution is suction filtered, concentrated to a certain volume, and quenched to obtain a crystalline product. The crystallized product is dissolved in water, adjusted to pH 10-11 with NaOH, extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml×3 times), and the organic layer is combined. P0 4 (1M) is added to adjust the pH to 5-7 to obtain the final product 123 mg.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度超过 100mg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机或 无机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对 甲苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C36.73% (理论 36.78%) H5.39% (理论 5.56%) N8.18% (理论 8.05%)。 The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of more than 100 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C36.73% (theoretical 36.78%) H5.39% (theoretical 5.56%) N8.18% (theory 8.05%).
'HNMR(D20) (ppm): δ 3.61 (t, 1H), δ 2.91(m, 2H) , δ 2.42(t, 2H) , δ 2.34(t,4H) , δ 1.83 (m, 2H) , δ 1.78 (m, 2H) , δ 1.61 (m, 2H) , δ 1.55 (m, 4H) , δ 1.38 (ra, 2H) , δ 1.29 (m, 2H) δ 1.20 (m, 2H 'HNMR (D 2 0) (ppm): δ 3.61 (t, 1H), δ 2.91 (m, 2H), δ 2.42 (t, 2H), δ 2.34 (t, 4H), δ 1.83 (m, 2H) , δ 1.78 (m, 2H) , δ 1.61 (m, 2H) , δ 1.55 (m, 4H) , δ 1.38 (ra, 2H) , δ 1.29 (m, 2H) δ 1.20 (m, 2H
[实施例 3]: 2-甲基- 2- (2-甲氨基乙垸基) -丙二酸.顺式二氨基合铂(II)磷酸盐; [Example 3] : 2-methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethyl)-malonic acid. cis-diaminoplatinum (II) phosphate;
步骤 1: 2- (2-溴乙基) -2-甲基-丙酸乙酯  Step 1: 2-(2-Bromoethyl)-2-methyl-propionic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
取 2-甲基-丙二酸二乙酯 11.8g (0. lmol) , 和 1, 2-二溴乙垸 47g(0.25mol)置于 150ml 三口烧瓶中,加入 K2C0315.2g(0. llmol)、四丁基溴化铵 155mg搅拌, 油浴加热到 65~85°C反应 16~24h,抽滤,除去固体并用乙醚 (30ml X 3次)洗涤,合并滤液,用水 (40ml X 3次)洗涤有机层, 用 MgS04干燥 4~8h, 减压蒸熘溶剂, 再用油泵减压蒸熘, 收集真空度 7mmHg、 132°C- 142°C馏 份 7.31g,收率 26.01%。 步骤 2: 2-甲基 -2- (2-甲氨基乙烷基) -丙二酸二乙酯 Take 11.8 g (0.1 mol) of 2-methyl-malonate and 47 g (0.25 mol) of 1,2-dibromoacetate in a 150 ml three-necked flask, and add K 2 C0 3 15.2 g (0 Llmol), tetrabutylammonium bromide 155mg stirred, heated in oil bath to 65~85 ° C reaction for 16~24h, suction filtration, solids were removed and washed with ether (30ml X 3 times), the filtrate was combined with water (40ml X 3 The organic layer was washed, dried with MgS0 4 for 4-8 h, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, and then evaporated to dryness with a vacuum pump, and a vacuum of 7 mmHg and a fraction of 7.31 g of a fraction of 132 ° C to 142 ° C was collected. The yield was 26.01%. Step 2: 2-Methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethane)-malonic acid diethyl ester
Figure imgf000030_0002
取 2- (2-溴乙基) -丙二酸二乙酯 112.4g(0.4mol) 置于三口烧瓶中,加入 55.2g(0. ½ol) 无水 K2C03, 和乙腈 500ml搅拌。 另取冷冻下保存的甲胺溶液 31.0g(1.0raol)加入反应液中, 油 浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 2-6h, 滤除不溶物,将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯 1000ml溶解, 用饱和 NaCl水溶液洗涤 (250mlX3次), 有机层用无水 MgS04干燥过夜, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 得浅黄偏 红色透明状物 81.3g,柱层析方法纯化得纯品 25.6g,收率 27.71%。 步骤 3: 2-甲基- 2- (2-甲氨基乙烷基) -丙二酸二钠盐
Figure imgf000030_0002
112.4 g (0.4 mol) of 2-(2-bromoethyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester was placed in a three-necked flask, and 55.2 g (0.12 g) of anhydrous K 2 C0 3 was added , and 500 ml of acetonitrile was stirred. In addition, 31.0 g (1.0 raol) of the methylamine solution stored under freezing was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was heated to 40-60 ° C for 2-6 hours in an oil bath. The insoluble matter was filtered off, and the filtrate was drained and then added with ethyl acetate 1000 ml. Dissolve, wash with saturated aqueous NaCl solution (250 ml×3 times), dry the organic layer with anhydrous MgSO 4 overnight, and remove the solvent by vacuum pump to obtain 81.3 g of pale yellowish red transparent substance. Purify by column chromatography to obtain pure product 25.6 g. The yield was 27.71%. Step 3: 2-Methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethane)-malonic acid disodium salt
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
取 NaOH 215mg (5瞧 ol )加水 2. 5raL溶解, 即得 2M NaOH溶液,另取 2-甲基 -2- (2 -甲氨 基乙垸基) -丙二酸乙酯 462mg (2腿 ol ) 置于 20mL三口烧瓶中,加入上述 NaOH溶液,室温下 搅拌 45~60h,即得 2-甲基 -2- ( 2-甲氨基乙烷基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液。  Take 215 mg (5 瞧ol) of NaOH and add 2.5 liters of water to dissolve, then obtain 2M NaOH solution, and take 2-methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethenyl)-malonate 462mg (2 legs ol) The mixture was placed in a 20 mL three-necked flask, and the above NaOH solution was added thereto, and stirred at room temperature for 45 to 60 hours to obtain a solution of 2-methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethane)-malonic acid disodium salt.
步骤 4: 二氨 ·二碘合铂(Π)  Step 4: Diamine · Diiodoplatinum (Π)
|々",. ,、、、、、1  |々",. ,,,,,,1
Pt、  Pt,
HH^ 、NH3 HH^, NH 3
取四氯铂酸钾 (K2PtCl4) 2. 075g ( 5mmol ) , 加水 50ml, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取 KI6. 640g (40mraol )用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 0. 5~2h。 再取氨水(含氨 5mmol ) 50ml加入反应液中, 继续保持此条件下反应 0. 5~2h。 抽滤得淡黄色 固体产物,用水(10ml X 3次)、乙醚(10ml X 3次)洗漆,得产物 2. 29g,收率 95. 1%。元素分析: HI. 24% (理论 1. 21%); N5. 56% (理论 5. 797%)。 Take potassium chloroplatinate (K 2 PtCl 4 ) 2. 075g ( 5mmol ), add water 50ml, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take KI6. 640g (40mraol) dissolved in 50ml of water, added to the reaction solution, N 2 protection, protected from light, 5~2小时。 The water bath was heated to 40 ~ 60 ° C reaction 0. 5 ~ 2h. 5〜2小时。 Then, the reaction was carried out under the conditions of 0. 5~2h. The product was 2.29 g, the yield was 95. 1%. The product was washed with water (10 ml of EtOAc). Elemental analysis: HI. 24% (theory 1.21%); N5. 56% (theory 5.797%).
步骤 5: 二氨 ·二水合铂(II)硫酸盐  Step 5: Diamine · Platinum (II) sulfate dihydrate
NH2 NH 2
H20、 H 2 0,
S04  S04
H20一 NH2 取 Ag2S04 625mg (2隱 ol ) 置于 100ml 三口烧瓶中,加水 30ml 搅拌, 取二氨 ·二碘合铂 (11) 0. 96g (2mmol ) 投入反应液中, 并再加入 40ml水反应, N2保护,避光, 水浴 40~6(TC下 反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶液。 H 2 0-NH 2 takes Ag 2 S0 4 625 mg (2 sec ol ) in a 100 ml three-necked flask, and 30 ml of water is added to stir, and diammine·diiodoplatinum (11) 0. 96 g (2 mmol) is added to the reaction solution. Then add 40ml of water to react, N 2 protection, protected from light, water bath 40~6 (4~8h reaction under TC). The Agl precipitate is removed by suction filtration to obtain the filtrate, which is the aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 6: 2-甲基 -2- ( 2-甲氨基乙垸基) -丙二酸*顺式-二氨合铂(Π)磷酸盐  Step 6: 2-Methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethenyl)-malonic acid*cis-diammineplatinum (ruthenium) phosphate
Figure imgf000031_0002
Figure imgf000031_0002
取含 2mmol的 2-甲基 -2- (2-甲氨基乙烷基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液用 P04 ( 1M) 调节 pH 至 5~7, 再将顺式-二氨 ·二水合铂(II)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~75°C反应 4-6h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积,静止结晶, 产物溶于水, 用 NaOH调节 pH至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10mlX3次), 合并有机层, 加入 P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 得 2- (2-甲氨基乙垸基) -3-羟基 -丙酸 ·顺式二氨基合铂(II)磷酸盐 115mg。 Take 2mmol of 2-methyl-2-(2-methylaminoethane)-malonic acid disodium salt solution and adjust the pH to 5~7 with P0 4 ( 1M), then cis-diamine·II The hydrated platinum (II) sulfate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected by N 2 , heated to a water bath. 40~75°C reaction for 4-6h, the reaction solution is filtered and concentrated to a certain volume, static crystallized, the product is dissolved in water, adjusted to pH 10-11 with NaOH, extracted with ethyl acetate (10ml×3 times), combined organic The layer was added with P0 4 (1M) to adjust the pH to 5-7 to obtain 115 mg of 2-(2-methylaminoethylhydrazinyl)-3-hydroxy-propionic acid·cis diaminoplatinum(II) phosphate.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度超过 lOOmg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机或 无机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 磷酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对 甲苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C20.45% (理论 20.90%); H4.43% (理论 4.23%); N10.58% (理论 10.45%)。  The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of more than 100 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by being free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, phosphate. , citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C20.45% (theory 20.90%); H4.43% (theoretical 4.23%); N10.58% (theoretical 10.45%).
'HNMR(D20) (ppm): 52.81(t,2H), 52.66(s, 3H), δ 1.96(t,2H), Sl.45(s,3H)。 'HNMR (D 2 0) (ppm): 52.81 (t, 2H), 52.66 (s, 3H), δ 1.96 (t, 2H), Sl.45 (s, 3H).
[实施例 4]: 2-甲基- 2- (2-三乙氨基乙烷基) -丙二酸*顺式二氨基合铂(II)甲磺酸盐; 步骤 1: 同 [实施例 3]步骤 1。 [Example 4] : 2-methyl-2-(2-triethylaminoethane)-malonic acid*cis-diaminoplatinum(II) methanesulfonate; Step 1: Same as [Example 3 ]step 1.
步骤 2: 2-甲基- 2- (2-三乙氨基乙垸基) -丙二酸乙酯氢氧化物  Step 2: 2-Methyl-2-(2-triethylaminoethenyl)-malonic acid ethyl ester hydroxide
Figure imgf000032_0001
取 2-甲基 -2-溴乙基-丙二酸二乙酯 112.4g(0.4raol) 置于三口烧瓶中,加入 55.2g(0.4mol) 无水 K2C03, 和乙腈 500ml搅拌。 另取三乙胺 40.4g(0.4mol)加入反应液中, 油浴加热到 45~60 °C下反应 2- 6h, 加入 46.4 g氧化银, 继续搅拌 lh,调节 pH至 10-11, 沉淀物用乙酸乙酯洗涤 (100mlX3次), 过滤除溶剂, 得浅黄色结晶性固体 35.27g,收率 27.64%。
Figure imgf000032_0001
112.4 g (0.4 raol) of 2-methyl-2-bromoethyl-malonate was placed in a three-necked flask, and 55.2 g (0.4 mol) of anhydrous K 2 CO 3 3 was added , and 500 ml of acetonitrile was stirred. Another 40.4g (0.4mol) of triethylamine was added to the reaction solution, and the reaction was heated to 45-60 ° C for 2-6 h in an oil bath. 46.4 g of silver oxide was added, stirring was continued for 1 h, and the pH was adjusted to 10-11. The organic layer was washed with ethyl acetate (100 ml×3×), and the solvent was evaporated to give a pale yellow crystalline solid (35.27 g).
步骤 3: 2-甲基 -2- (2-三乙 乙垸基) -丙二酸二钠盐  Step 3: 2-Methyl-2-(2-triethylethenyl)-malonic acid disodium salt
Figure imgf000032_0002
Figure imgf000032_0002
取 NaOH215mg (5mmol) 加水 2.5mL溶解, 即得 2M NaOH溶液,另取 2-甲基 -2- (2-三乙氨基 乙垸基) -丙二酸二乙酯氢氧化物 764mg (2mmol) 置于 20mL三口烧瓶中,加入上述 NaOH溶液, 室温下搅拌 45~60h,即得 2-甲基 -2- (2-三乙氨基乙垸基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液。  Take NaOH 215mg (5mmol) and add 2.5mL of water to dissolve, then obtain 2M NaOH solution, and take 2-methyl-2-(2-triethylaminoethenyl)-malonate hydroxide 764mg (2mmol) The above NaOH solution was added to a 20 mL three-necked flask, and stirred at room temperature for 45 to 60 hours to obtain a solution of 2-methyl-2-(2-triethylaminoethenyl)-malonic acid disodium salt.
步骤 4: 同 [实施例 3]步骤 4。 步骤 5: 同 [实施例 3]步骤 5。 Step 4: Same as [Example 3] Step 4. Step 5: Same as [Example 3] Step 5.
步骤 6: 2-甲基- 2- ( -三乙氨基乙烷基) -丙二酸,顺式二氨基合铂(II) 甲磺酸盐;  Step 6: 2-methyl-2-(-triethylaminoethane)-malonic acid, cis-diaminoplatinum(II) methanesulfonate;
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
取 2-甲基 -2- (2-三乙氨基乙垸基) -丙二酸钠盐溶液用甲磺酸 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再 将顺式 -二氨 ·二水合铂(II)甲磺酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 45~75°C反 应 4- 6h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积,静止,得结晶型产物, 结晶产物溶于水, 用 NaOH调 节 pH至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10ml X3次), 合并有机层, 加入甲磺酸 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 得终产物 127mg, 该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 386mg/ml, 用离子交换的方式可以转成各种有 机或无机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 磷酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 元素分析: 28.79%(理论28.97%); H5.25% (理论 5.35%) ; N7.15% (理论 7.24%); S5.36% (理论 5.52%)。 Take 2-methyl-2-(2-triethylaminoethenyl)-malonate solution with methanesulfonic acid (1M) to adjust the pH to 5~7, then cis-diamine·dihydrate platinum (II) The methanesulfonate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected with N 2 , heated in a water bath to 45-75 ° C for 4-6 h, and the reaction solution is suction filtered, concentrated to a certain volume, and quenched to obtain a crystalline product, crystallized. The product was dissolved in water, the pH was adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH, and then extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times). The organic layer was combined, methanesulfonic acid (1M) was added to adjust the pH to 5~7 to give the product 127mg. Soluble in water, solubility 386mg / ml, can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts by ion exchange, which can be, but not limited to, sulfate, phosphate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, strontium Acid salt, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Elemental analysis: 28.79% (theory 28.97%); H5.25% (theoretical 5.35%) ; N7.15% (theoretical 7.24%); S5.36% (theoretical 5.52%).
'HNMR(D20) (ppm): δ 3.38(s, 3Η), δ 2.78(q, 6Η), δ 2.65(t,2H), δ 1.85(t, 2Η), δ 1.30(s, 3Η), δ 1.08(t,9H)。 'HNMR(D 2 0) (ppm): δ 3.38(s, 3Η), δ 2.78(q, 6Η), δ 2.65(t, 2H), δ 1.85(t, 2Η), δ 1.30(s, 3Η) , δ 1.08 (t, 9H).
[实施例 5]: 3-哌啶基 -1, 1-环丁垸 -二羧酸二乙酯,顺式二氨基合铂(Π)磷酸盐 [Example 5]: 3-piperidinyl-1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester, cis-diamino-platinum (ruthenium) phosphate
步骤 1: 3-哌啶基 - 1, 1-环丁垸-二羧酸二乙酯  Step 1: 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester
Figure imgf000033_0002
取 3-氯 -1, 1-环丁烷-二羧酸二乙酯 93.8g(0.4raol) 置于三口烧瓶中,加入 55.2g(0.4mol) 无水 K2C03,和乙腈 500ml搅拌。另取哌啶溶液 85.0g(1.0mol)加入反应液中, 油浴加热到 40~60 °C下反应 2- 6h, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯 1000ml溶解, 用饱和 NaCl水溶液洗 涤 (250ml X3次), 有机层用无水 MgS04干燥过夜, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 得浅黄偏红色透明状物 101.5g,柱层析方法纯化得纯品 32.5g,收率 29.76%。
Figure imgf000033_0002
93.8 g (0.4 raol) of 3-chloro-1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid diethyl ester was placed in a three-necked flask, and 55.2 g (0.4 mol) of anhydrous K 2 CO 3 3 was added thereto, and 500 ml of acetonitrile was stirred. Another 85.0 g (1.0 mol) of piperidine solution was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was heated to 40-60 ° C for 2 - 6 h, and the insoluble matter was filtered off. The filtrate was drained, and then dissolved in 1000 ml of ethyl acetate to dissolve. The aqueous solution was washed with aq. NaCl (250 ml X 3 times), and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 overnight. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give 101.5 g of pale yellowish red transparent material and purified by column chromatography to yield 32.5 g of pure product, yield 29.76. %.
步骤 2: 3-哌啶基 -1, 1-环丁烷-二羧酸二钠盐
Figure imgf000034_0001
Step 2: 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid disodium salt
Figure imgf000034_0001
取 NaOH 212.3mg (5mmol) 加水 2.5m L溶解, 即得 2M NaOH溶液,另取 3-哌啶基 - 1, 1- 环丁垸-二羧酸二乙酯 546mg (2mmol) 置于 20mL三口烧瓶屮,加入上述 NaOH溶液,室温下搅 拌 45~60h,即得 3-哌啶基 -1, 1-环丁垸-二羧酸二钠盐溶液。  Take 212.3mg (5mmol) of NaOH and dissolve it in water 2.5m L to obtain 2M NaOH solution, and take 546mg (2mmol) of 3-piperidinyl-1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylate in 20mL three-necked flask.屮, the above NaOH solution was added, and stirred at room temperature for 45-60 h to obtain a 3-piperidinyl-1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid disodium salt solution.
步骤 3: 同 [实施例 3]步骤 4。  Step 3: Same as [Example 3] Step 4.
步骤 4: 同 [实施例 3]步骤 5。  Step 4: Same as [Example 3] Step 5.
步骤 5: 3-哌啶基 - 1, 1-环丁垸 -二羧酸,顺式二氨基合铂(Π)磷酸盐;  Step 5: 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid, cis-diaminoplatinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
Figure imgf000034_0002
Figure imgf000034_0002
取 3-哌啶基 - 1, 1 -环丁垸-二羧酸二钠盐溶液用 ¾P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5-7, 再将顺式- 二氨 ·二水合铂(Π)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~75°C反应 4-6h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积,静止,得结晶产物,结晶产物溶于水,用 NaOH调节 pH至 10-11 后用乙酸乙酯提取(10ml X 3次),合并有机层,加入 H3P0,( 1M)调节 pH至 5~7,得终产物 143mg。 Take 3-piperidinyl-1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid disodium salt solution with 3⁄4P0 4 (1M) to adjust the pH to 5-7, then cis-diamine·dihydrate platinum (Π) sulfuric acid The salt solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected by N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40-75 ° C for 4-6 h, and the reaction solution is suction filtered, concentrated to a certain volume, and still, to obtain a crystalline product, the crystal product is dissolved in water, and NaOH is used. After adjusting the pH to 10-11, it was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml of X 3 times), and the organic layer was combined. H 3 P0, (1M) was added to adjust the pH to 5 to 7 to obtain 143 mg of the final product.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 219mg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机或无 机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲 苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C29.18% (理论 29.01%); H4.73% (理论 4.84%); N9.52% (理论 9.23%)。  The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 219 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by liberation, and may be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C29.18% (theoretical 29.01%); H4.73% (theoretical 4.84%); N9.52% (theoretical 9.23%).
'HN R(D20) (ppm): δ 2.92(m, 1H) , δ 2.72 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.42 (d, 2Η) , δ 2.25(t,4H), δ 1.51(m, 4Η), δ 1.31(m,2H)。 'HN R(D 2 0) (ppm): δ 2.92(m, 1H) , δ 2.72 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.42 (d, 2Η), δ 2.25(t, 4H), δ 1.51(m, 4Η ), δ 1.31 (m, 2H).
[实施例 6]: 3-哌啶基 - 1, 1-环丁垸 -二羧酸 ·顺式 -(1, 2反式-环己二胺)合铂(Π)磷酸盐; 步骤 1、 2: 同 [实施例 5]步骤 1、 2。 [Example 6]: 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid·cis-(1,2 trans-cyclohexanediamine)platinum (ruthenium) phosphate; Step 1. 2: Same as [Example 5] Steps 1, 2.
步骤 3: 同 [实施例 1]步骤 4。  Step 3: Same as [Example 1] Step 4.
步骤 4: 同 [实施例 1]步骤 5。  Step 4: Same as Step 5 of [Example 1].
步骤 5: 3-哌啶基 -1, 1-环丁垸 -二羧酸*顺式二氨基合铂(Π)磷酸盐;
Figure imgf000035_0001
Step 5: 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid * cis diaminoplatinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
Figure imgf000035_0001
取 3-哌啶基 -1, 1-环丁烷-二羧酸二钠盐溶液用 H3P0, (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再将反式- 环己二胺,二碘合铂(II)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~75°C反应 4-6h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积,静止,得结晶型产物, 结晶产物溶于水, 用 NaOH调节 pH至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10ml X 3次), 合并有机层, 加入 H3P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 得终 产物 133mg。 Take 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid disodium salt solution with H 3 P0, (1M) to adjust the pH to 5-7, then trans-cyclohexanediamine, diiodide The platinum (II) sulfate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected by N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40 to 75 ° C for 4-6 hours, and the reaction solution is suction filtered, concentrated to a certain volume, and quenched to obtain a crystalline product, a crystalline product. Dissolved in water, adjusted to pH 10-11 with NaOH, extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times), combined organic layer, and added to H 3 P0 4 (1M) to adjust pH to 5~7 to give 133 mg of the final product.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 309mg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机或无 机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲 苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C38.25% (理论 38.20%); H5.48% (理论 5.43%); N7.88% (理论 7.87%)。  The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 309 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C38.25% (theoretical 38.20%); H5.48% (theoretical 5.43%); N7.88% (theoretical 7.87%).
'HNMR(D20) (ppm): δ 2.98 (m, 1H), δ 2.85 (ra, 2H) , δ 2.72 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.42(d,2H), δ 2.25(t,4H), δ 1.78(m,2H), δ 1.62 (m, 2Η) , δ 1.51(m,4H), δ 1.42(m,2H), δ 1.36(m,2H) δ 1.28 (m, 2Η 'HNMR(D 2 0) (ppm): δ 2.98 (m, 1H), δ 2.85 (ra, 2H), δ 2.72 (m, 2Η), δ 2.42 (d, 2H), δ 2.25(t, 4H) , δ 1.78(m,2H), δ 1.62 (m, 2Η) , δ 1.51(m,4H), δ 1.42(m,2H), δ 1.36(m,2H) δ 1.28 (m, 2Η
[实施例 7]: 2- (4-哌啶基) -丙酸 ·顺式- (1, 2 -反式 -环戊二胺) 合铂(Π)磷酸盐; [Example 7] : 2-(4-piperidinyl)-propionic acid·cis-(1,2-trans-cyclopentanediamine) platinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
步骤 1: 2- (4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二乙酯  Step 1: 2-(4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester
Figure imgf000035_0002
取丙二酸二乙酯 64g(0.4mol) 置于三口烧瓶中,加入 55.2g (0.4mol)无水 K2C03, 和乙腈 500ml搅拌。另取 4-溴哌啶氢溴酸溶液(含 4-溴哌啶 160.0g)加入反应液中, 油浴加热到 40~60 °C下反应 2- 6h, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯 1000ml溶解, 用饱和 NaCl水溶液洗 漆 (250ml X 3次), 有机层用无水 MgS04干燥过夜, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 得浅黄偏红色透明状物 101.5g,柱层析方法纯化得纯品 32. lg,收率 33.03%。
Figure imgf000035_0002
64 g (0.4 mol) of diethyl malonate was placed in a three-necked flask, and 55.2 g (0.4 mol) of anhydrous K 2 CO 3 3 was added , and 500 ml of acetonitrile was stirred. Another 4-bromopiperidine hydrobromic acid solution (containing 4-bromopiperidine 160.0g) was added to the reaction solution, and heated in an oil bath to 40-60 ° C for 2-6 h, the insoluble matter was filtered off, and the filtrate was drained. After adding 1000 ml of ethyl acetate, it was dissolved, washed with a saturated aqueous solution of NaCl (250 ml of X 3 times), and the organic layer was dried overnight with anhydrous MgSO 4 , and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain pale yellowish red transparent 101.5 g. The purity of the product was 32. lg, and the yield was 33.03%.
步骤 2: 2- (4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二钠盐
Figure imgf000036_0001
Step 2: 2-(4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid disodium salt
Figure imgf000036_0001
取 NaOH 200mg (5mmol)加水 2.5m L溶解, 即得 2M NaOH溶液,另取 2- (4-哌啶基) -丙二 酸二乙酯 486mg (2mmol)置于 20mL三口烧瓶中,加入上述 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌 45~60h,即得 2- (4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液。  Take NaOH 200mg (5mmol) and add 2.5m L of water to dissolve, then obtain 2M NaOH solution, and take 246mg (2mmol) of 2-(4-piperidinyl)-malonate in 20mL three-necked flask, add the above NaOH The solution was stirred at room temperature for 45-60 h to obtain a solution of 2-(4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid disodium salt.
步骤 3: 1, 2-反式-环戊二胺  Step 3: 1, 2-trans-cyclopentanediamine
Figure imgf000036_0002
Figure imgf000036_0002
取环戊烯 6.8g(100mmol) 置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加二氯甲垸 30ml搅拌溶解, 在- 5~10 条件下缓慢滴加 Br216g(100mmol),搅拌 l~3h, 用饱和碳酸氢钠溶液(10ml X 3次)洗涤, 有 机层用无水 MgS04干燥 2~3h, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 得浅黄色透明状物 1, 2-反式 -二溴环戊垸 20. llg,收率 88.2%。 元素分析: C26.45% (理论 26.32%); H3.72% (理论 3.51%)。 6.8 g (100 mmol) of cyclopentene was placed in a 100 ml three-necked flask, and 30 ml of dichloromethane was added to stir and dissolve. Br 2 16 g (100 mmol) was slowly added dropwise at -5 to 10, and stirred for 1 to 3 hours with saturated carbonic acid. The sodium hydride solution (10 ml X 3 times) was washed, and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 for 2 to 3 h. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give a pale yellow transparent material, 2-, 2-di-bromocyclopentane. Llg, yield 88.2%. Elemental analysis: C26.45% (theoretical 26.32%); H3.72% (theoretical 3.51%).
取 1, 2-反式 -二溴环戊垸 11.5g(50誦 ol), 置于 100ml压力釜中,加 30%氨的乙醇溶液 30ml, 加热至 40~60°C, 反应 6~8小时, 蒸除溶剂, 得浅黄色透明状物 1, 2-反式-环戊二胺 4.014g,收率 79.6%。元素分析: C60.11% (理论 59.95%); H12.17% (理论 12.08%); N28.09% (理 论 27.97%)。  Take 11.5 g (50 诵ol) of 1,2-trans-dibromocyclopentanyl, place it in a 100 ml autoclave, add 30 ml of 30% ammonia in ethanol, heat to 40-60 ° C, and react for 6-8 hours. The solvent was evaporated to give a pale-yellow transparent material, <RTIgt;</RTI> Elemental analysis: C60.11% (theoretical 59.95%); H12.17% (theory 12.08%); N28.09% (theories 27.97%).
步骤 4: 1, 2-反式-环戊二胺*二碘合铂(Π)  Step 4: 1, 2-trans-cyclopentadiamine*diiodoplatinum (ruthenium)
Figure imgf000036_0003
Figure imgf000036_0003
取四氯铂酸钾(K2PtCl4)2.07g(5固 ol),加水 50ml,室温下搅拌溶解,取 KI6.64g(40mmol) 用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 0.5~2h。 再取 1, 2 -反式-环戊二胺 500mg (5mmol)用 50ml水溶解, 后加入反应液中, 继续保持此条件下反应 0.5~2h。 抽滤得黄色固体产物, 用水(10ralX3次)、 乙醚(10ml X3次)洗涤, 得产物 2.47g, 收率 89.99%。元素分析: C10.75% (理论 10.93%); H2.34% (理论 2.19%); N5.28% (理论 5.10%)。 Take potassium tetrachloroplatinate (K 2 PtCl 4 ) 2.07g (5 solid ol), add water 50ml, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take KI6.64g (40mmol) dissolved in 50ml of water, add to the reaction solution, N 2 protection, protected from light , the water bath is heated to 40~60 °C for 0.5~2h. Further, 500 mg (5 mmol) of 1,2-trans-cyclopentanediamine was dissolved in 50 ml of water, and then added to the reaction solution, and the reaction was continued under the conditions of 0.5 to 2 h. The product was obtained as a yellow solid, which was washed with water (10 EtOAc, EtOAc) Elemental analysis: C10.75% (theoretical 10.93%); H2.34% (theory 2.19%); N5.28% (theory 5.10%).
步骤 5: 1, 2-反式- -环戊二胺 ·二水合铂(II)硫酸盐
Figure imgf000037_0001
Step 5: 1, 2-trans-cyclopentanediamine·platinum(II) sulfate dihydrate
Figure imgf000037_0001
取 Ag2S04625mg (2mmol ) 置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加水 30ml搅拌, 取 1, 2-反式-环戊二 胺 ·二碘合铂(11) 1. 10g (2mmol ) 投入反应液中, 并再加入 40ml水反应, N2保护,避光, 水 浴 40~60°C下反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶液。 Take A g2 S0 4 625 mg (2 mmol ) in a 100 ml three-necked flask, add 30 ml of water and stir, and take 1,2-trans-cyclopentanediamine·diiodoplatinum (11) 1.10 g (2 mmol) into the reaction solution. , and then add 40ml of water to react, N 2 protection, protected from light, and the reaction in water bath at 40~60 °C for 4~8h. The Agl precipitate was removed by suction filtration to obtain a filtrate which was an aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 6: 2- (4-哌啶基) -丙二酸 ·顺式-(1, 2-反式-环戊二胺) 合铂(II)磷酸盐  Step 6: 2-(4-Piperidinyl)-malonic acid · cis-(1,2-trans-cyclopentanediamine) Platinum (II) phosphate
Figure imgf000037_0002
Figure imgf000037_0002
取 2- (4- -丙二酸钠盐溶液用 H3P04 ( 1M)调节 pH至 5~7, 再将 1, 2-反式 -环己 二胺 ·二水合铂(II)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~60°C反应 4~8h, 将反应液加入 2. 5g柱层析硅胶 (200-300目)搅拌 15min后抽干,柱层析处理,得产物, 结晶产 物溶于水,用 NaOH调节 pH至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10ml X 3次),合并有机层,加入 H3P04 ( 1M)调节 pH至 5~7, 得终产物 139mg。 Take 2-(4-dipropionate sodium salt solution with H 3 P0 4 ( 1M) to adjust the pH to 5~7, then 1,2-trans-cyclohexanediamine·platinum(II) sulfate dihydrate the reaction mixture was poured into an aqueous solution, N 2 protection, the water bath was heated to 40 ~ 60 ° C the reaction 4 ~ 8h, the reaction solution was added 2. 5g column chromatography on silica gel (200-300 mesh) was stirred for 15min drained, column chromatography After treatment, the product is obtained, the crystal product is dissolved in water, the pH is adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH, and then extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times), the organic layer is combined, and H 3 P0 4 (1 M) is added to adjust the pH to 5-7 , the final product is 139mg.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 322mg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机或无 机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲 苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C32. 58% (理论 32. 5%) ; H4. 57% (理论 4. 79%) ; N8. 61% (理论 8. 75%)  The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 322 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C32. 58% (theoretical 32. 5%); H4. 57% (theory 4. 79%); N8. 61% (theory 8. 75%)
1匪 R (D20) (ppra): δ 3. 65 (d, 1H), δ 2. 97 (ra, 2Η), δ 2. 90 (m, 2H) , δ 2. 80 (m, 1Η), δ 2. 69 (m, 2Η) , δ 1. 86 (m, 2Η), δ 1. 71 (ra, 2Η) , δ 1. 58 (m, 2Η) , δ 1. 50 (m, 1Η), δ 1. 42 (m, 1Η) , δ 1. 32 (m, 2Η) ο 1匪R (D 2 0) (ppra): δ 3. 65 (d, 1H), δ 2. 97 (ra, 2Η), δ 2. 90 (m, 2H) , δ 2. 80 (m, 1Η) ), δ 2. 69 (m, 2Η) , δ 1. 86 (m, 2Η), δ 1. 71 (ra, 2Η) , δ 1. 58 (m, 2Η) , δ 1. 50 (m, 1Η) ), δ 1. 42 (m, 1Η) , δ 1. 32 (m, 2Η) ο
[实施例 8] : 2-甲基- (4-哌啶基) -丙酸 ·顺式-(1 , 2-反式 -环戊二胺)合铂(II)磷酸盐; 步骤 1 : 2-甲基-(4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二乙酯 [Example 8] : 2-methyl-(4-piperidyl)-propionic acid·cis-(1,2-trans-cyclopentadiamine)-platinum (II) phosphate; Step 1: 2 -methyl-(4-piperidinyl)-dipropyl malonate
Figure imgf000037_0003
取 2-甲基-丙二酸二乙酯 69. 6g (0. 4mol) 置于三口烧瓶中,加入 55. 2g (0. 4mol)无水 K2C03, 和乙腈 500ml搅拌。 另取 4-溴哌啶氢溴酸溶液 (含 4-溴哌啶 160. 0g)加入反应液中, 油浴加热 到 40~60°C下反应 2-6h, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯 lOOOml溶解, 用饱和 NaCl 水溶液洗涤 (250ml X 3次), 有机层用无水 MgSCVf-燥过夜, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 得浅黄偏红色 透明状物 105. lg,柱层析方法纯化得纯品 33. 7g,收率 32. 78%。
Figure imgf000037_0003
6 g (0. 4 mol) of 2-methyl-malonate diethyl ester was placed in a three-necked flask, and 55.2 g (0.4 mol) of anhydrous K 2 C0 3 was added , and 500 ml of acetonitrile was stirred. Another 4-bromopiperidine hydrobromic acid solution (containing 4-bromopiperidine 160. 0g) was added to the reaction solution, and heated in an oil bath to 40 to 60 ° C for 2-6 hours, the insoluble matter was filtered off, and the filtrate was pumped. After drying, ethyl acetate (100 ml) was added, and the mixture was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride (250 ml X 3 times). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO. The yield was 33.78%, the yield was 32.78%.
步骤 2: 2-甲基-(4-哌啶 ) -丙二酸二钠盐  Step 2: 2-Methyl-(4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid disodium salt
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
取 NaOH 200mg (5隱 ol ) 加水 2. 5m L溶解, 即得 2M NaOH溶液,另取 2-甲基-(4-哌啶基) - 丙二酸二乙酯 514mg ( 2mmol ) 置于 20mL三口烧瓶中,加入上述 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌 45~60h, 即得 2-甲基- ( 4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液。  Take NaOH 200mg (5 sec ol) and add water 2. 5m L to dissolve, that is, 2M NaOH solution is obtained, and another 2-methyl-(4-piperidinyl)-malonate 514mg (2mmol) is placed in 20mL three mouths. In the flask, the above NaOH solution was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 to 60 hours to obtain a solution of 2-methyl-(4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid disodium salt.
步骤 3、 4、 5: 同 [实施例 7]步骤 3、 4、 5。  Steps 3, 4, and 5: Same as [Example 7] Steps 3, 4, and 5.
步骤 6: 2- -(4-哌啶基) -丙二酸 ·顺式-(1, 2-反式 -环戊二胺) 合铂(II)磷酸盐  Step 6: 2-((4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid · cis-(1,2-trans-cyclopentanediamine) platinum (II) phosphate
Figure imgf000038_0002
Figure imgf000038_0002
取 2-甲基- (4 -哌啶基) -丙二酸钠盐溶液用 H3P0, ( 1M)调节 pH至 5~7, 再将 1 , 2-反式 -环己二胺 ·二水合铂(Π)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~60°C反应 4~8h, 将反应液加入 2. 5g柱层析硅胶(200-300目)搅拌 15min后抽干,柱层析处理,得产物, 结晶产物溶于水, 用 NaOH调节 pH至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(lOral X 3次), 合并有机层, 加入 H3P04 ( 1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 得终产物 143mg。 Take 2-methyl-(4-piperidinyl)-malonate solution and adjust the pH to 5~7 with H 3 P0, ( 1M), then 1, 2 trans-cyclohexanediamine· hydrated platinum ([pi) sulfate solution was poured into the reaction mixture, N 2 protection, the water bath was heated to 40 ~ 60 ° C the reaction 4 ~ 8h, the reaction solution was added 2. 5g column chromatography on silica gel (200-300 mesh) was stirred 15min After draining and column chromatography, the product was obtained. The crystal product was dissolved in water. The pH was adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH and then extracted with ethyl acetate (lOral X 3 times). The organic layer was combined and H 3 P0 4 (1M) was added. Adjust the pH to 5~7 to obtain 143mg of the final product.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 307mg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机或无 机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲 苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C34. 18% (理论 34. 01%); H5. 16% (理论 5. 06%) ; N8. 62% (理论 8. 50%)。 'HNMR(D20) (ppm) δ 2.96(m, 2H), δ 2.89 (m 2H) δ 2.81 (m, 1H) , δ 2.70(ra, 2H), δ 1.86 (m 2H), δ 1.71 (m 2H), 51.59 (m,2H), δ 1.51 (ra, 1H), δ 1.44(ra, 1H) , δ 1.36(s, 3H) , δ 1.30 (ra, 2H)。 The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 307 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Free base element analysis: C34. 18% (theoretical 34. 01%); H5. 16% (theoretical 5.06%); N8. 62% (theoretical 8.50%). 'HNMR (D 2 0) (ppm) δ 2.96 (m, 2H), δ 2.89 (m 2H) δ 2.81 (m, 1H) , δ 2.70 (ra, 2H), δ 1.86 (m 2H), δ 1.71 ( m 2H), 51.59 (m, 2H), δ 1.51 (ra, 1H), δ 1.44 (ra, 1H), δ 1.36 (s, 3H), δ 1.30 (ra, 2H).
[实施例 9] 2-甲基-(4-哌啶基) -丙二酸 ·顺式 .顺式- 1 2-乙二胺合铂(II)对甲苯磺酸盐; 步骤 1 2: 同 [实施例 8]步骤 1 2 [Example 9] 2-methyl-(4-piperidyl)-malonic acid·cis.cis- 1 2-ethylenediamine platinum (II) p-toluenesulfonate; Step 1 2: same [Embodiment 8] Step 1 2
步骤 3: 2-甲基-(N-乙 -4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二钠盐  Step 3: 2-Methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid disodium salt
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
取 NaOH240mg (6mmol)加水 2.5m L溶解, 即得 2M NaOH溶液,另取 2-甲基- (4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二乙酯 514mg (2ramol)置于 20mL三口烧瓶中,加入溴乙烷 218mg (2mmol)、 四丁基溴 化铰 20mg及上述 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌 45~60h,即得 2-甲基- (N-乙基 -4-哌啶基) -丙二酸 二钠盐溶液。  Take NaOH 240mg (6mmol) and add 2.5m L of water to dissolve, then obtain 2M NaOH solution, and take 2-methyl-(4-piperidinyl)-malonate 514mg (2ramol) in 20mL three-necked flask, add 218 mg (2 mmol) of ethyl bromide, 20 mg of tetrabutyl bromide and the above NaOH solution were stirred at room temperature for 45-60 h to obtain 2-methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid. Disodium salt solution.
步骤 4: 1, 2-乙二胺 ·二碘合铂(II)  Step 4: 1, 2-Ethylenediamine, Diiodoplatinum (II)
Figure imgf000039_0002
Figure imgf000039_0002
取四氯铂酸钾 (K2PtCl4) 2.076g (5mmol) , 加水 50ml, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取 KI6.64g (40mmol)用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 0.5~2h 再取冷冻保存的 1 2-乙二胺 (市售) 301mg (5ramol) 用 50ml水溶解, 后加入反应液中, 继 续保持此条件下反应 0.5~2h。 抽滤得黄色固体产物, 用水(10mlX3次)、 乙醚(10mlX3次) 洗涤, 得产物 2.254g,收率 89.8%。 元素分析: C4.77% (理论 4.72%) HI.41% (理论 1.57%) N5.41% (理论 5.50%) Take potassium chloroplatinate (K 2 PtCl 4 ) 2.076g (5mmol), add 50ml of water, stir to dissolve at room temperature, take KI6.64g (40mmol) dissolved in 50ml of water, add to the reaction solution, protect with N 2 , protect from light, water bath Heat to 40~60 °C for 0.5~2h and then freeze-preserved 1 2-ethylenediamine (commercially available) 301mg (5ramol) Dissolve in 50ml of water, then add to the reaction solution, continue to maintain the reaction under these conditions 0.5~ 2h. The product was obtained as a yellow solid, which was washed with water (10 ml, EtOAc) Elemental analysis: C4.77% (theoretical 4.72%) HI.41% (theoretical 1.57%) N5.41% (theoretical 5.50%)
步骤 5: 1 2-乙二胺 ·二水合
Figure imgf000039_0003
Step 5: 1 2-Ethylenediamine·Dihydrate
Figure imgf000039_0003
取 Ag2S04625mg (2 1) 置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加水 30ml搅拌, 取 1 2-乙二胺 ·二 碘合铂(n) 1.020g(2mmol)投入反应液中,并再加入 40ml水反应, N2保护,避光, 水浴 40~60 °C下反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶液。 Take Ag 2 S0 4 625mg (2 1) in a 100ml three-necked flask, add 30ml of water and stir, and take 1 2-ethylenediamine·two Platinum iodide (n) 1.020g (2mmol) was put into the reaction solution, and further reacted with 40 ml of water, protected by N 2 , protected from light, and reacted in a water bath at 40-60 ° C for 4-8 h. The Agl precipitate was removed by suction filtration to obtain a filtrate which was an aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 6: 2-甲基- (N -乙基 -4-哌 基) -丙二酸'顺式- 1, 2 -乙二胺合铂(Π)磷酸盐;  Step 6: 2-methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidyl)-malonic acid 'cis- 1,2-ethylenediamine platinum (ruthenium) phosphate;
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
取 2-甲基-(N-乙基- 4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液用 ?0, (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再将乙 二胺 ·二水合铂(II)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~60°C反应 4~8h, 将 反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积, 用 NaOH调 pH至 10- 11, 用乙酸乙酯 (10ml X3次) 提取, 合并 提取液, 用1^04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 静止,得结晶型产物, 结晶产物溶于水, 用 NaOH调节 pH 至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10mlX3次), 合并有机层, 加入 H3P04 (1M)调节 pH至 5~7, 得终产 物 135mg。 Take 2-methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidyl)-malonic acid disodium salt solution with ?0, (1M) to adjust the pH to 5~7, then ethylenediamine·dihydrate platinum ( II) The aqueous solution of sulphate is poured into the reaction solution, protected by N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40~60 ° C for 4-8 h, the reaction solution is filtered and concentrated to a certain volume, and the pH is adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH. Ethyl ester (10ml X3 times) is extracted, combined with extract, adjusted to pH 5~7 with 1^0 4 (1M), static, crystallized product, crystal product dissolved in water, pH adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH It was extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml×3×), and the organic layer was combined, and the mixture was adjusted to pH 5 to 7 by adding H 3 P0 4 (1M) to obtain 135 mg of the final product.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 290mg/ral, 可以转成各种有机或无机盐, 可以是但不限于 硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸櫞酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C32.51% (理论 32.37%); H5.33% (理论 5.19%); N8.56% (理论 8.71%)。  The compound is readily soluble in water and has a solubility of 290 mg/ral and can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts, which may be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, citric acid. Salt, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C32.51% (theoretical 32.37%); H5.33% (theoretical 5.19%); N8.56% (theoretical 8.71%).
'HNMR(D20) (ppm): δ 2.92(t,4H), δ 2.79(ra, 1Η) , δ 2.45(ra,2H)) δ 2.29(m,2H), δ 2.19 (m, 2Η), δ 1.59 (m, 3Η) , δ 1.42 (s, 3Η) , δ 1.34 (ra, 2Η) , δ 1.05 (t, 3Η)。 'HNMR (D 2 0) (ppm): δ 2.92 (t, 4H), δ 2.79 (ra, 1 Η), δ 2.45 (ra, 2H) ) δ 2.29 (m, 2H), δ 2.19 (m, 2 Η) , δ 1.59 (m, 3Η), δ 1.42 (s, 3Η), δ 1.34 (ra, 2Η), δ 1.05 (t, 3Η).
[实施例 10] 2-甲基- (N -乙基 -4-哌啶基) -丙二酸'顺式 -1, 3-丙二胺合铂(II)磷酸盐; 步骤 1、 2: 同 [实施例 8]步骤 1、 2。 [Example 10] 2-Methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid 'cis-1, 3-propanediamine-platinum(II) phosphate; Steps 1, 2: Same as [Example 8] steps 1, 2.
步骤 3: 同 [实施例 9]步骤 3。  Step 3: Same as [Example 9] Step 3.
步骤 4: 1, 3-丙二胺 ·二碘合铂(Π)  Step 4: 1, 3-propanediamine, diiodoplatinum (ruthenium)
Figure imgf000040_0002
Figure imgf000040_0002
取四氯铂酸钾 (K2PtCl4) 2.073g (5mmol) , 加水 50ml, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取 KI6.63g (40mmol)用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 0.5~2h。 再取冷冻保存的 1, 3-丙二胺 (市售) 372mg (5mmol) 用 50ml水溶解, 后加入反应液中, 继 续保持此条件下反应 0.5~2h。 抽滤得黄色固体产物, 用水(10mlX3次)、 乙醚(10mlX3次) 洗涤, 得产物 2.281g,收率 87.6%。 元素分析: C6.77% (理论 6.88%); HI.79% (理论 1.91%); N5. 43% (理论 5. 35%)。 Take potassium chloroplatinate (K 2 PtCl 4 ) 2.073g (5mmol), add 50ml of water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take KI6.63g (40mmol) dissolved in 50ml of water, add to the reaction solution, protect with N 2 , protect from light, water bath Heat to 40~60 °C for 0.5~2h. The cryopreserved 1,3-propanediamine (commercially available) 372 mg (5 mmol) was dissolved in 50 ml of water, and then added to the reaction solution, and the reaction was continued for 0.5 to 2 hours under the conditions. The product was obtained as a yellow solid, which was washed with water (10 ml, EtOAc, EtOAc) Elemental analysis: C6.77% (theoretical 6.88%); HI.79% (theory 1.91%); N5. 43% (theory 5.35%).
步骤 5: 1, 3-丙二胺 ·二
Figure imgf000041_0001
Step 5: 1, 3-propanediamine·two
Figure imgf000041_0001
取 Ag2S04 625mg C2mmol ) 置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加水 30ml搅拌, 取 1, 2-乙二胺 .二 碘合铂(II) 1. 043g ( 2画 ol )投入反应液中,并再加入 40ml水反应, N2保护,避光, 水浴 40~60 Ό下反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶液。 Take Ag 2 S0 4 625mg C2mmol ) in a 100ml three-necked flask, add 30ml of water and stir, and take 1,2-ethylenediamine. Diiodoplatinum(II) 1. 043g (2 oz) into the reaction solution, and then Add 40ml water to react, protect with N 2 , protect from light, and react in water bath for 40~60 Ό under 4~8h. The Agl precipitate was removed by suction filtration to obtain a filtrate which was an aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 6: 2- - (N-乙基- 4-哌啶基) -丙二酸'顺式 -1, 3-丙二胺合铂(II)磷酸盐  Step 6: 2-((N-Ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid 'cis-1,3-1,3-diamine-platinum(II) phosphate
Figure imgf000041_0002
Figure imgf000041_0002
取 2-甲基-(N-乙基 -4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液用 H3P04 ( 1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再将 1, 3 -丙二胺,二水合铂(Π)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热到 40~60°C反应 4~8h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积, 用 NaOH调 pH至 10-11, 用乙酸乙酯 (10ml X 3次) 提取, 合 并提取液, 用 H3P04 ( 1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 静止,得结晶型产物 140mg。 Take 2-methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid disodium salt solution with H 3 P0 4 ( 1M) to adjust the pH to 5~7, then 1,3 -propylenediamine Pb (Π) sulfate aqueous solution of dihydrate is poured into the reaction solution, protected by N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40~60 ° C for 4-8 h, the reaction solution is filtered and concentrated to a certain volume, and the pH is adjusted to 10 with NaOH. -11, extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml of X 3 times), and the extracts were combined, and the pH was adjusted to 5 to 7 with H 3 P0 4 (1M).
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 276mg/ml, 可以转成各种有机或无机盐, 可以是但不限于 硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸櫞酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C33. 63% (理论 33. 87%) ; H5. 51% (理论 5. 44%) ; N8. 36% (理论 8. 47%) 。  The compound is readily soluble in water and has a solubility of 276 mg/ml and can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts, which may be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, citric acid. Salt, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C33. 63% (theoretical 33. 87%); H5. 51% (theory 5. 44%); N8. 36% (theory 8. 47%).
'HNMR (D20) (ppm) : δ 2. 78 (m, 1H) , δ 2. 65 (t, 4Η), δ 2. 46 (m, 2H) , δ 2. 29 (m, 2Η), δ 2. 19 (m, 2H) , δ 1. 82 (m, 2H) , δ 1. 59 (ra, 3Η) , δ 1. 43 (s, 3H) , δ 1. 35 (m, 2Η) , δ 1. 06 (t, 3Η) 。 'HNMR (D 2 0) (ppm) : δ 2. 78 (m, 1H) , δ 2. 65 (t, 4Η), δ 2. 46 (m, 2H) , δ 2. 29 (m, 2Η) , δ 2. 19 (m, 2H) , δ 1. 82 (m, 2H) , δ 1. 59 (ra, 3Η) , δ 1. 43 (s, 3H) , δ 1. 35 (m, 2Η) , δ 1. 06 (t, 3Η).
[实施例 11] 2-甲基-(N-乙基 -4-哌啶基) -丙二酸'顺式 -1, 4-丁二胺合铂(II)磷酸盐; 步骤 1、 2: 同 [实施例 8]步骤 1、 2。 [Example 11] 2-Methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidyl)-malonic acid 'cis-1,4-butanediamine platinum (II) phosphate; Steps 1, 2: Same as [Example 8] steps 1, 2.
步骤 3: 同 [实施例 9]步骤 3。  Step 3: Same as [Example 9] Step 3.
步骤 4: 1, 4-丁二胺,二碘合铂(II)  Step 4: 1, 4-butanediamine, diiodoplatinum (II)
Figure imgf000041_0003
Figure imgf000041_0003
取四氯铂酸钾 (K2PtCl4) 2. 071g (5ramol ) , 加水 50ml, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取 KI6. 635g (40國 ol)用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 0.5~2h。 再取冷冻保存的 1, 4-丁二胺 (市售) 431mg (5ramol) 用 50ml水溶解, 后加入反应液中, 继 续保持此条件下反应 0.5~2h。 抽滤得黄色固体产物, 用水(10mlX3次)、 乙醚(10mlX3次) 洗涤, 得产物 2.365g,收率 88.1%。 元素分析: C8.69% (理论 8.94%); H2.39% (理论 2.23%); N5.44% (理论 5.21%)。 Take potassium chloroplatinate (K 2 PtCl 4 ) 2. 071g (5ramol ), add 50ml of water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take KI6. 635g (40 countries ol) dissolved in 50 ml of water, added to the reaction solution, protected with N 2 , protected from light, heated in a water bath to 40 ~ 60 ° C for 0.5 ~ 2h. The frozen 1,4-butanediamine (commercially available) 431 mg (5ramol) was dissolved in 50 ml of water, and then added to the reaction solution, and the reaction was continued for 0.5 to 2 hours under the conditions. The product was obtained as a yellow solid, which was washed with water (10 ml, EtOAc, EtOAc) Elemental analysis: C8.69% (theoretical 8.94%); H2.39% (theoretical 2.23%); N5.44% (theoretical 5.21%).
步骤 5: 1, 4-丁二胺,二水合铂(II)硫酸盐  Step 5: 1, 4-butanediamine, platinum (II) sulfate dihydrate
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
取 Ag2S04624mg (2mmol) 置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加水 30ml搅拌, 取 1, 4-丁二胺 ·二 碘合铂(II) 1.072g(2mmol)投入反应液中,并再加入 40ral水反应, N2保护,避光, 水浴 40~60 Ό下反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶液。 Take Ag 2 S0 4 624 mg ( 2 mmol) in a 100 ml three-necked flask, add 30 ml of water and stir, and take 1, 4-butylenediamine diiodoplatinum (II) 1.072 g (2 mmol) into the reaction solution, and then add 40 ral. Water reaction, N 2 protection, protection from light, water bath 40~60 underarm reaction 4~8h. The Agl precipitate was removed by suction filtration to obtain a filtrate which was an aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 6: 2-甲基- (N-乙基- 4-哌啶基) -丙二酸 ·顺式- 1, 3-丙二胺合铂(II)磷酸盐  Step 6: 2-Methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid · cis- 1, 3-propanediamine platinum (II) phosphate
Figure imgf000042_0002
Figure imgf000042_0002
取 2-甲基- (N-乙基 -4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液用 P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再将 1, 4-丁二胺,二水合铂(Π)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, 保护, 水浴加热到 40~60°C反应 4~8h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积, 用 NaOH调 pH至 10- 11, 用乙酸乙酯 (10mlX3次) 提取, 合 并提取液, 用 H3P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 静止,得终产物 142mg。 Take 2-methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid disodium salt solution with P0 4 (1M) to adjust the pH to 5~7, then 1,4-butanediamine, two The hydrated platinum (Π) sulfate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected, heated in a water bath to 40~60 ° C for 4-8 hours, the reaction solution is filtered and concentrated to a certain volume, and the pH is adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH. Ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times) was extracted, and the extracts were combined, and the pH was adjusted to 5 to 7 with H 3 P0 4 (1M) to give a final product of 142 mg.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 279mg/ml, 可以转成各种有机或无机盐, 可以是但不限于 硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: 。35.43%(理论35.29%) ; H5.57% (理论 5.69%); N8.39% (理论 8.24%)。  The compound is readily soluble in water and has a solubility of 279 mg/ml and can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts, which may be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, citric acid. Salt, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Free base element analysis: . 35.43% (theoretical 35.29%); H5.57% (theoretical 5.69%); N8.39% (theory 8.24%).
'HNMR(D20) (ppm): δ 2.79 (m, 1H) , δ 2.66(t, 4Η) , δ 2.45 (m, 2Η), δ 2.28 (m, 2Η), δ 2.18(m, 2Η), δ 1.62(m, 3H) , δ 1.54(m,4H), δ 1.42 (s, 3Η) , δ 1.35 (m, 2Η) , δ 1.05 (t, 3Η)。 'HNMR(D 2 0) (ppm): δ 2.79 (m, 1H) , δ 2.66 (t, 4Η), δ 2.45 (m, 2Η), δ 2.28 (m, 2Η), δ 2.18(m, 2Η) , δ 1.62 (m, 3H) , δ 1.54 (m, 4H), δ 1.42 (s, 3Η), δ 1.35 (m, 2Η), δ 1.05 (t, 3Η).
[实施例 12] 2-甲基- (N-乙基 -4-哌啶基) -丙二酸 '顺式 -1, 3- (2, 2-羟甲基) -丙二胺合 铂(Π)磷酸盐; [Example 12] 2-Methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid 'cis-1, 3-(2,2-hydroxymethyl)-propylenediamine platinum ( Π) phosphate;
步骤 1、 2: 同 [实施例 8]步骤 1、 2。  Steps 1, 2: Same as [Example 8] Steps 1, 2.
步骤 3: 同 [实施例 9]步骤 3。 步骤 4: 1 3- (2 2-羟甲基 -丙二胺 ' 碘合铂(II) Step 3: Same as [Example 9] Step 3. Step 4: 1 3- (2 2-Hydroxymethyl-propylenediamine' Iodine Platinum (II)
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
取四氯铂酸钾 (K2PtCl4) 2.074g (5mmol) , 加水 50ml, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取 KI6.636g (40mmol)用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 0.5~2h 再取 1 3- (2, 2-羟甲基) -丙二胺 671mg (5ramol)用 50ml水溶解, 后加入反应液中, 继续 保持此条件下反应 0.5~2h。 抽滤得黄色固体产物, 用水(10mlX3次)、 乙醚(10ml X 3次)洗 漆, 得产物 2.163g,收率 79.96%。 元素分析: C10.37% (理论 10.29°/。) H2.49% (理论 2.40%) N5.01% (理论 4.80%)。 Take potassium chloroplatinate (K 2 PtCl 4 ) 2.074g (5mmol), add 50ml of water, stir to dissolve at room temperature, take KI6.636g (40mmol) dissolved in 50ml of water, add to the reaction solution, protect with N 2 , protect from light, water bath Heat to 40~60 °C for 0.5~2h and then take 1 3-(2,2-hydroxymethyl)-propylenediamine 671mg (5ramol) dissolved in 50ml water, then added to the reaction solution, continue to maintain this condition. The reaction is 0.5~2h. The product was obtained as a yellow solid, which was washed with water (10 ml X 3 times) and diethyl ether (10 ml X 3 times) to give the product 2.163 g. Elemental analysis: C10.37% (theory 10.29°/.) H2.49% (theoretical 2.40%) N5.01% (theoretical 4.80%).
步骤 5: 1 3- (2 -羟甲基) -丙二胺 ·二水合铂(Π)硫酸盐  Step 5: 1 3- (2-hydroxymethyl)-propylenediamine · Platinum (Π) sulfate dihydrate
Figure imgf000043_0002
Figure imgf000043_0002
¾Ag2S04624mg (2 1) 置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加水 30ml搅拌, 取 1 3- (2 2-羟甲 基) -丙二胺 *二碘合铂(11)1.162g (2mmol)投入反应液中, 并再加入 40ml水反应, N2保护, 避光, 水浴 40~60°C下反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶液。 3⁄4Ag 2 S0 4 624mg (2 1) Put in a 100ml three-necked flask, add 30ml of water and stir, and take 1 3-(2 2-hydroxymethyl)-propanediamine*diiodoplatinum (11) 1.162g (2mmol) In the reaction solution, add 40 ml of water to react, protect with N 2 , protect from light, and react in water bath at 40-60 ° C for 4-8 h. The Agl precipitate was removed by suction filtration to obtain a filtrate which was an aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 6: 2-甲基-(N-乙基- 4-哌啶基) -丙二酸 ·顺式- 1 3- (2, 2-羟甲基) -丙二胺合 铂(Π)磷酸盐  Step 6: 2-Methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid·cis- 1 3-(2,2-hydroxymethyl)-propanediamine-platinum (phosphonium) phosphate Salt
Figure imgf000043_0003
Figure imgf000043_0003
取 2-甲基- (N-乙基 -4-哌啶基) -丙二酸二钠盐溶液用 H3P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再将 1 3- (2 2-羟甲基) -丙二胺*二水合铂(Π)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加热 到 40~60°C反应 4~8h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积, 用 NaOH调 pH至 10-11, 用乙酸乙酯 (10mlX3次)提取, 合并提取液, 用 H3P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 静止,得结晶型产物 142mg 该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 389mg/ml, 可以转成各种有机或无机盐, 可以是但不限于 硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C34.48% (理论 34.53%); H5.47% (理论 5.58%) N7.36% (理论 7.55%) Take 2-methyl-(N-ethyl-4-piperidinyl)-malonic acid disodium salt solution with H 3 P0 4 (1M) to adjust the pH to 5~7, then 1 3- (2 2- Hydroxymethyl)-propylenediamine*Pb (Π) sulfate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected by N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40~60 ° C for 4-8 h, and the reaction solution is filtered and concentrated to a certain concentration. Volume, adjust the pH to 10-11 with NaOH, extract with ethyl acetate (10 ml×3 times), combine the extracts, adjust the pH to 5~7 with H 3 P0 4 (1M), stand still, and obtain 142mg of crystalline product. Soluble in water, solubility 389mg/ml, can be converted into various organic or inorganic salts, which can be, but are not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetate, citrate, Tosylate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C34.48% (theoretical 34.53%); H5.47% (theoretical 5.58%) N7.36% (theoretical 7.55%)
¾NMR(D20) (ppm) δ 3.45(s,4H), δ 2.78 (m, 1Η) , δ 2.60(s,4H), δ 2.43(m, 2Η), δ 2. 26 (m, 2H) , 2. 16 (m, 2H) , δ 1. 58 (m, 2H) , δ 1· 42 (s, 3H) , 1. 34 (m, 2H) , δ 1. 06 (t, 3H) 。 3⁄4 NMR (D 2 0) (ppm) δ 3.45 (s, 4H), δ 2.78 (m, 1Η), δ 2.60 (s, 4H), δ 2.43 (m, 2Η), δ 2. 26 (m, 2H) , 2. 16 (m, 2H) , δ 1. 58 (m, 2H) , δ 1· 42 (s, 3H) , 1. 34 (m, 2H) , δ 1. 06 (t, 3H).
[实施例 13] : 2- (2-二甲氨基乙烷基) -3-羟基-丙酸 '顺式- 1, 4- (反式 -2, 3-环丁基) - 丁二胺合铂(Π)磷酸盐; [Example 13] : 2-(2-Dimethylaminoethane)-3-hydroxy-propionic acid 'cis- 1, 4-(trans-2, 3-cyclobutyl)-butanediamine Platinum (phosphonium) phosphate;
步骤 1、 2: 同 [实施例 5]步骤 1、 2。  Steps 1, 2: Same as [Example 5] steps 1, 2.
步骤 3: 1, 4- (反式 -2, 3-环丁基) -丁二胺 ·二碘合铂(II)  Step 3: 1, 4- (trans -2, 3-cyclobutyl) - butanediamine - diiodoplatinum (II)
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
取四氯铂酸钾 ( PtClJ 2. 075g ( 5mmol ) , 加水 50ml , 室温下搅拌溶解, 取 KI6. 64g (40mraol )用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40~60°C下反应 0. 5~2h。 再取 1, 4- (反式 -2, 3-环丁基) -丁二胺 571mg ( 5誦 ol )用 50ml水溶解, 后加入反应液中, 继续保持此条件下反应 0. 5~2h。抽滤得黄色固体产物,用水(10ml X 3次)、乙醚(10ml X 3次) 洗涤,得产物 2. 251g,收率 79. 96%。元素分析: C12. 61% (理论 12. 79%) ; H2. 45% (理论 2. 49%) ; N5. 11% (理论 4. 97%)„ Take potassium tetrachloroplatinate (PtClJ 2. 075g (5mmol), add water 50ml, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take KI6. 64g (40mraol) dissolved in 50ml of water, add to the reaction solution, protect with N 2 , protect from light, heat to 40 in water bath The reaction was carried out at ~60 ° C for 0.5 to 2 h. Further, 1,4-mg (trans-2, 3-cyclobutyl)-butanediamine 571 mg (5 诵ol) was dissolved in 50 ml of water, and then added to the reaction solution. , 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 Elemental analysis: C12. 61% (theoretical 12.79%); H2. 45% (theory 2.49%); N5. 11% (theory 4.97%) „
步骤 4: 1, 4- (反式 -2, 3-环丁基) -丁二胺*二水合铂(II)硫酸盐  Step 4: 1, 4- (trans-2, 3-cyclobutyl)-butanediamine* platinum (II) sulfate dihydrate
Figure imgf000044_0002
Figure imgf000044_0002
取 Ag2S04 625mg (2讓 ol ) 置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加水 30ml搅拌, 取 1, 4- (反式 _2, 3-环丁基) -丁二胺 ·二碘合铂(11) 1. 126g (2mmol ) 投入反应液中, 并再加入 40ml水反应, N2保护,避光, 水浴 40~60°C下反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶液。 Take Ag 2 S0 4 625 mg (2 ol ) in a 100 ml three-necked flask, add 30 ml of water and stir, and take 1, 4- (trans-2, 3-cyclobutyl)-butanediamine·diiodoplatinum (11 1. 126g (2mmol) was put into the reaction solution, and then added with 40ml of water to react, protected by N 2 , protected from light, and reacted in a water bath at 40~60°C for 4~8h. The Agl precipitate was removed by suction filtration to obtain a filtrate which was an aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 5: 3-哌啶基 -1, 1-环丁烷-二羧酸 ·顺式 -1, 4- (反式 -2, 3-环丁基) -丁二胺合铂 (II)磷酸盐  Step 5: 3-piperidinyl-1,1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid·cis-1,4-(trans-2, 3-cyclobutyl)-butanediamine platinum (II) phosphate Salt
Figure imgf000044_0003
取 3-哌啶基 -1, 1-环丁垸 -二羧酸二钠盐溶液用 H3P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再将 1, 4- (反式 -2, 3-环丁基) -丁二胺 *二碘合铂(II)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水浴加 热到 40~75°C反应 4_6h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积,静止,得结晶型产物, 结晶产物溶 于水, 用 NaOH调节 pH至 10- 11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10ml X 3次), 合并有机层, 加入甲磺酸 ( 1M)调节 pH至 5~7, 得终产物 145mg。
Figure imgf000044_0003
Take 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid disodium salt solution with H 3 P0 4 (1M) to adjust the pH to 5~7, then 1, 4- (trans-2, 3 -cyclobutyl)-butylenediamine*diiodoplatinum(II) sulfate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected with N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40-75 ° C for 4-6 h, and the reaction solution is filtered and concentrated to a certain concentration. Volume, static, crystallized product, crystallized product is dissolved in water, pH is adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH, extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times), the organic layer is combined, and methanesulfonic acid (1M) is added to adjust the pH to 5~7, the final product is 145mg.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 278mg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机或无 机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸櫞酸盐、 对甲 苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C38.29% (理论 38.20%); H5.39% (理论 5.43%); N7.65% (理论 7.87%)。  The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 278 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by free, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C38.29% (theoretical 38.20%); H5.39% (theoretical 5.43%); N7.65% (theory 7.87%).
'HNMR (D20) (ppm): δ 3.19 (m, 1H) , δ 2.82 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.73 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.55 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.45 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.33(t, 2Η), δ 2.22 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.09(ra, 2Η), 1.85(m, 2Η) , δ 1.51(ra,4H), δ 1.32(ιη, 2Η)。 'HNMR (D 2 0) (ppm): δ 3.19 (m, 1H) , δ 2.82 (m, 2Η), δ 2.73 (m, 2Η), δ 2.55 (m, 2Η), δ 2.45 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.33(t, 2Η), δ 2.22 (m, 2Η), δ 2.09 (ra, 2Η), 1.85 (m, 2Η), δ 1.51 (ra, 4H), δ 1.32 (ιη, 2Η).
[实施例 14]2- (2-二乙氨基乙垸基) -3-羟基 -丙酸 ·顺式 -1, 3- (2, 2- (4-氧杂环己基) ) -丙二胺合铂(Π) 磷酸盐; [Example 14] 2-(2-diethylaminoethenyl)-3-hydroxy-propionic acid·cis-1, 3-(2,2-(4-oxopentyl))-propanediamine Platinum (Π) phosphate;
步骤 1、 2: 同 [实施例 5]步骤 1、 2。  Steps 1, 2: Same as [Example 5] steps 1, 2.
步骤 3: 1, 3- (2, 2- (4- ) ) -丙二胺 ·二碘合铂(II)
Figure imgf000045_0001
Step 3: 1, 3- (2, 2- (4- ) ) - propanediamine diiodoplatinum (II)
Figure imgf000045_0001
取四氯铂酸鉀 ( 2PtCl4) 2.071g (5mmol) , 加水 50ml, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取 KI6.64g (40mmol)用水 50ml溶解后加入反应液中, N2保护,避光, 水浴加热到 40〜60°C下反应 0.5~2h。 再取 1, 3- (2, 2- (4-氧杂环己基) ) -丙二胺 722mg (5誦 ol)用 50ml水溶解, 后加入反应 液中, 继续保持此条件下反应 0.5~2h。 抽滤得黄色固体产物, 用水(10ml X 3次)、 乙醚(10ml X3次)洗涤, 得产物 2.547g,收率 85.91%。元素分析: C14.35% (理论 14.17%); H2.75% (理论 2.70%); N4.72% (理论 4.72%)。 Take potassium chloroplatinate ( 2 PtCl 4 ) 2.071g (5mmol), add 50ml of water, stir to dissolve at room temperature, take KI6.64g (40mmol) dissolved in 50ml of water, add to the reaction solution, protect with N 2 , avoid light, heat in water bath The reaction was carried out at 40 to 60 ° C for 0.5 to 2 hours. Then take 1, 3-(2-(2-oxocyclohexyl))-propanediamine 722mg (5诵ol) dissolved in 50ml of water, then add to the reaction solution, continue to maintain the reaction for 0.5~2h under these conditions. . The product was obtained as a yellow solid, which was washed with water (10 ml X 3 times) and diethyl ether (10 ml X 3 times) to give the product 2.547 g. Elemental analysis: C14.35% (theory 14.17%); H2.75% (theoretical 2.70%); N4.72% (theoretical 4.72%).
步骤 4: 1, 3- (2, 2- (4- ) -丙二胺 ·二水合铂(Π)硫酸盐
Figure imgf000045_0002
Step 4: 1, 3- (2, 2- (4- ) - Propanediamine · Platinum (Π) sulfate dihydrate
Figure imgf000045_0002
取 Ag2S04623mg (2励 1) 置于 100ml三口烧瓶中,加水 30ml搅拌, 取 1, 3- (2, 2- (4- 氧杂环己基) ) -丙二胺,二碘合铂(Π)1.185g (2mmol)投入反应液中, 并再加入 40ml水反 应, N2保护,避光, 水浴 40~60°C下反应 4~8h。 抽滤除去 Agl沉淀, 得滤液, 即为产物的水溶 液。 Take Ag 2 S0 4 623mg (2 excitation 1) in a 100ml three-necked flask, add 30ml of water and stir, take 1, 3- (2, 2- (4- Oxyhexyl))-propanediamine, diiodoplatinum (Π) 1.185g (2mmol) was put into the reaction solution, and then added with 40ml of water to react, protected by N 2 , protected from light, and reacted in a water bath at 40-60 ° C 4~8h. The Agl precipitate was removed by suction filtration to obtain a filtrate which was an aqueous solution of the product.
步骤 5: 3-哌啶基 - 1, 1-环丁垸 -二羧酸 ·顺式- 1, 3- (2, 2- (4-氧杂环己基) ) -丙二胺合 铂(II) 磷酸盐 Step 5: 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid·cis-1, 3-(2,2-(4-oxocyclohexyl))-propanediamine platinum (II Phosphate
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
取 3-哌啶基 -1, 1-环丁烷 -二羧酸二钠盐溶液用 H3P04 (1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 再将 1, 3- (2, 2- (4-氧杂环己基) ) -丙二胺 ·二碘合铂(II)硫酸盐水溶液倒入反应液中, N2保护, 水 浴加热到 40~75°C反应 4-6h, 将反应液抽滤后浓缩到一定体积,静止,得结晶型产物, 结晶产 物溶于水, 用 NaOH调节 pH至 10-11后用乙酸乙酯提取(10ml X3次), 合并有机层, 加入甲 磺酸( 1M) 调节 pH至 5~7, 得终产物 151mg。 Take 3-piperidinyl-1, 1-cyclobutane-dicarboxylic acid disodium salt solution with H 3 P0 4 (1M) to adjust the pH to 5~7, then 1, 3- (2, 2- (4) -oxohexyl))-propanediamine-diiodoplatinum(II) sulfate aqueous solution is poured into the reaction solution, protected with N 2 , heated in a water bath to 40-75 ° C for 4-6 hours, and the reaction solution is filtered. After concentration to a certain volume, static, to obtain a crystalline product, the crystalline product is dissolved in water, the pH is adjusted to 10-11 with NaOH, and then extracted with ethyl acetate (10 ml X 3 times), the organic layer is combined, and methanesulfonic acid (1M) is added. The pH was adjusted to 5-7 to give a final product of 151 mg.
该化合物易溶于水, 溶解度为 311mg/ml, 通过游离可以很容易转成其它种类的有机或无 机盐, 可以是但不限于硫酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乙酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 对甲 苯磺酸盐、 富马酸盐等。 游离碱元素分析: C37.12% (理论 37.09%); H5.45% (理论 5.31%); N7.81% (理论 7.63%)。  The compound is easily soluble in water and has a solubility of 311 mg/ml. It can be easily converted into other kinds of organic or inorganic salts by liberation, and can be, but not limited to, sulfate, methanesulfonate, tartrate, succinate, acetic acid. Salt, citrate, p-toluenesulfonate, fumarate, and the like. Analysis of free alkali elements: C37.12% (theoretical 37.09%); H5.45% (theoretical 5.31%); N7.81% (theoretical 7.63%).
'HNMR(D20) ( pm): δ 3.61(t,4H), δ 3.18 (m, 1Η) , δ 2.81(m,2H), δ 2.65(s,4H), δ 2.45 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.32(t,4H), 1.65(t,2H), δ 1.52 (ra, 4Η) , δ ΐ.39(m, 2Η)。 'HNMR(D 2 0) ( pm): δ 3.61(t,4H), δ 3.18 (m, 1Η), δ 2.81(m,2H), δ 2.65(s,4H), δ 2.45 (m, 2Η) , δ 2.32(t, 4H), 1.65(t, 2H), δ 1.52 (ra, 4Η), δ ΐ.39 (m, 2Η).
[实验例 1]: 铂类络合物对正常小鼠的急性毒性作用 [Experimental Example 1]: Acute Toxicity of Platinum Complexes to Normal Mice
取体重 18〜22g、 4〜6周龄昆明小鼠, 雌雄各半, 实施例铂类化合物用 5%葡萄糖溶液溶 解, 静脉单次给药 (对照药为卡铂和顺铂) 不同剂量, 给药后观察死亡率及毒性情况, 共观 察 14天, 根据死亡率应用 Bliss方法计算 LD5。值。 见表 1: 表 1、 小鼠静脉注射顺铂、 卡铂和实施例铂类化合物 LD5。结果: Take Kunming mice with body weight of 18~22g and 4~6 weeks old, male and female. The platinum compounds in the example are dissolved in 5% dextrose solution, and the single dose of intravenous administration (control drug is carboplatin and cisplatin). The mortality and toxicity were observed after the drug, and a total of 14 days were observed. The Bliss method was used to calculate LD 5 according to the mortality rate. value. See Table 1: Table 1. Intravenous injection of cisplatin, carboplatin and the example platinum compound LD 5 in mice. result:
化合物 LDoiKmmol/kg) 目标化合物 LD50值 (面 ol/kg) 顺铂 0.044 化合物 7 0.752 卡铂 0. 336 化合物 8 0. 697 化合物 1 0. 637 化合物 9 0. 688 化合物 2 0. 702 化合物 10 0. 693 化合物 3 0. 776 化合物 11 0. 569 化合物 4 0. 687 化合物 12 0. 646 化合物 5 0. 676 化合物 13 0. 755 化合物 6 0. 741 化合物 14 0. 871 结论: 实施例化合物摩尔浓度急性毒性远小于顺铂和卡铂。 Compound LDoiKmmol/kg) Target compound LD 50 value (face ol/kg) Cisplatin 0.044 Compound 7 0.752 Carboplatin 0. 336 Compound 8 0. 697 Compound 1 0. 637 Compound 9 0. 688 Compound 2 0. 702 Compound 10 0. 693 Compound 3 0. 776 Compound 11 0. 569 Compound 4 0. 687 Compound 12 0. 646 Compound 5 0. 676 Compound 13 0. 755 Compound 6 0. 741 Compound 14 0. 871 Conclusion: The molar concentration of the compound of the example compound is much less acute toxicity than cisplatin and carboplatin.
[实验例 2] : 铂类化合物对肿瘤细胞细胞的细胞毒作用 [Experimental Example 2] : Cytotoxic effect of platinum compounds on tumor cell cells
通过应用 MTT比色法, 观察实施例铂类化合物对肿瘤细胞的毒作用。 取指数生长期的几 种肿瘤细胞制成单细胞悬液,以 4 X 107孔的密度接种于 96孔板上,用含 10%胎牛血清的 1640 培养基 (完全培养基) 37°C培养 24小时让细胞贴壁, 培养终体积为 100μ1。 培养 24小时后 观察细胞形态,对于铂类化合物用量, 由于各种细胞的 IC50不同,通过预试验确定以下浓度: 给予顺铂 200、 60、 20、 6、 2、 0. 64g/ml, 卡铂 200、 60、 20、 6、 2、 0. 6 g/ml, 实施例铂类 化合物按照其对每种细胞的敏感性不同给予适当调整, 结果见下表 2-5:  The toxic effects of the platinum compounds of the examples on tumor cells were observed by applying the MTT colorimetric method. Several tumor cells in the exponential growth phase were prepared as single cell suspensions, seeded in 96-well plates at a density of 4 X 107 wells, and cultured in 1640 medium (complete medium) containing 10% fetal bovine serum at 37 °C. The cells were allowed to adhere for 24 hours, and the final volume was 100 μl. After 24 hours of culture, the morphology of the cells was observed. For the amount of platinum compound, the following concentrations were determined by preliminary tests due to different IC50 of various cells: cisplatin 200, 60, 20, 6, 2, 0.64 g/ml, carboplatin 200, 60, 20, 6, 2, 0.6 g/ml, the platinum compounds of the examples were appropriately adjusted according to their sensitivity to each cell, and the results are shown in Table 2-5 below:
表 2、 不同受试铂类药物化合物对不同细胞的细胞毒 IC50 Table 2. Cytotoxicity IC 50 of different platinum compounds for different cells
不同细胞株对化疗药物的 IC5。 (n =6) IC 5 of different cell lines for chemotherapy drugs. (n = 6)
ICa (mM)  ICa (mM)
细胞株 化合 化合 化合 化合 化合 卡铂 顺铂  Cell line compound compound chemical compound carboplatin cisplatin
物 1 物 2 物 3 物 4 物 5 肺上皮细胞  Substance 1 substance 2 substance 3 substance 4 substance 5 lung epithelial cells
0. 037 0. 0033 0. 003 0. 004 0. 003 0. 005 0. 006  0. 037 0. 0033 0. 003 0. 004 0. 003 0. 005 0. 006
BEAS-2B  BEAS-2B
月市癌 Lewis  Lunar cancer Lewis
0. 038 0. 045 0. 025 0. 040 0. 032 0. 024 0. 022 结肠癌 SW480  0. 038 0. 045 0. 025 0. 040 0. 032 0. 024 0. 022 Colon cancer SW480
0. 087 0. 015 0. 012 0. 014 0. 017 0. 020 0. 026 肺癌 H292  0. 087 0. 015 0. 012 0. 014 0. 017 0. 020 0. 026 Lung cancer H292
0. 055 0. 0053 0. 005 0. 003 0. 006 0. 011 0. 006 表 3、 不同受试铂类药物化合物对不同细胞的细胞毒 IC50 0. 055 0. 0053 0. 005 0. 003 0. 006 0. 011 0. 006 Table 3. Cytotoxicity IC 50 of different platinum compounds tested on different cells
不同细胞株对化疗药物的 IC5。 (n =6) IC 5 of different cell lines for chemotherapy drugs. (n = 6)
IC ( mM)  IC ( mM)
^ 卡销 ~" ~~ Ϊ ~~ ϊ½ ~~ ϊϊ¥ i lAW 物 6 物 7 物 8 物 9 物 10 肺上皮细胞 0 037 ^卡销~" ~~ Ϊ ~~ ϊ1⁄2 ~~ ϊϊ¥ i lAW 6 things 7 things 8 things 9 things 10 lung epithelial cells 0 037
0. 0033 0. 004 0. 004 0. 005 0. 009 0. 002  0. 0033 0. 004 0. 004 0. 005 0. 009 0. 002
BEAS-2B '  BEAS-2B '
肺癌 Lewi s Q 03g 0. 045 0. 037 0. 035 0. 037 0. 053 0. 013 肠癌 SW480 0 087 o 015 0.013 0.015 0.011 0.012 0.013 肺癌 H292 Q.055 0.0053 0.005 0.003 0. 007 0.005 0.004 表 4、 不同受试铂类药物化合物对不同细胞的细胞毒 IC Lung cancer Lewis Q 03 g 0. 045 0. 037 0. 035 0. 037 0. 053 0. 013 Intestinal cancer SW480 0 087 o 015 0.013 0.015 0.011 0.012 0.013 Lung cancer H292 Q . 055 0 . 0053 0.005 0.003 0. 007 0.005 0.004 Table 4. Cytotoxicity ICs of different platinum compounds for different cells
不同细胞株对化疗药物的 IC5。 (n =6) IC 5 of different cell lines for chemotherapy drugs. (n = 6)
IC5„ (mM) IC 5 „ (mM)
细胞株 化合物 化合物 化合物 化合物 卡铂 顺铂  Cell line compound compound compound compound carboplatin cisplatin
11 12 13 14  11 12 13 14
睾丸细胞 ST  Testicular cells ST
0.195 0.009 0.011 0.0052 0.014 0.0081 冃 s 0.625 0.0025 0.0017 0.0032 0.0021 0.0096  0.195 0.009 0.011 0.0052 0.014 0.0081 冃 s 0.625 0.0025 0.0017 0.0032 0.0021 0.0096
MGC803  MGC803
结肠癌 SW480  Colon cancer SW480
0.087 0.015 0.019 0.012 0.0082 0.033 肺癌 H292  0.087 0.015 0.019 0.012 0.0082 0.033 Lung cancer H292
0.055 0.0053 0.0051 0.0046 0.0062 0.009 从表 2-4可见, 实施例 1-14化合物具有比卡铂作用更强与顺铂相当的体外细胞毒作用 另外, 本发明还合成 5化合物的磷酸盐:  0.055 0.0053 0.0051 0.0046 0.0062 0.009 It can be seen from Tables 2-4 that the compounds of Examples 1-14 have a stronger in vitro cytotoxic effect than cisplatin. In addition, the present invention also synthesizes the phosphate of the compound:
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
表 5、 本发明合成的其它化合物、 化合物熔点、 在水中溶解度和体外对 H292的 IC5 mM) Table 5. Other compounds synthesized by the present invention, melting point of compound, solubility in water, and IC 5 mM for H292 in vitro)
Figure imgf000048_0002
Figure imgf000048_0002
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
另外, 本发明还提供了以下化合物的磷酸盐:
Figure imgf000050_0001
In addition, the present invention also provides phosphates of the following compounds:
表 6: 其结构和熔点以及体外对 H292的 IC5。值如下: Table 6: in vitro as well as their structure and melting point of the H292 pair of IC 5. The values are as follows:
体外对 熔点和  In vitro
化合物结构 H292的 水中溶解度  Compound structure H292 in water solubility
IC50 (mM) IC 50 (mM)
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
[制剂例 1] : 注射液的制备 [Formulation Example 1] : Preparation of Injection
处方 1 Prescription 1
实施例 1化合物磷酸盐 10g Example 1 Compound Phosphate 10g
葡萄糖 50g Glucose 50g
注射用水加至 1000ml Add water to 1000ml
制成 1000支 Made of 1000
工艺: 将实施例 2化合物磷酸盐 10g和葡萄糖 50g, 加入 2000ml玻璃器皿中, 在常温下 加入注射用水 1000ml使溶解, 用 0. 22Wn微孔滤膜过滤后, 分装入 lml安瓿中, 即得, 规格 为 10mg/ml。  Process: 10 g of the compound phosphate of Example 2 and 50 g of glucose were added to a 2000 ml glassware, and dissolved in 1000 ml of water for injection at room temperature to dissolve, and filtered through a 0.22 Wn microporous membrane, and then dispensed into a lml ampule. , the specification is 10mg/ml.
处方 2 Prescription 2
实施例 4化合物甲磺酸盐 10g Example 4 Compound Mesylate 10g
葡萄糖 50g Glucose 50g
注射用水加至 1000ml Add water to 1000ml
制成 1000支 工艺: 将实施例 4化合物甲磺酸盐 lOg和葡萄糖 50g, 加入 1000ml玻璃器皿中, 在常温 下加入注射用水 1000ml使溶解, 用 0. 22Wn微孔滤膜过滤后, 分装入 2ml西林瓶中, 即得, 规格为 10mg/瓶。 Made of 1000 Process: The compound of the compound of Example 4, 10 g of methanesulfonate and 50 g of glucose, was added to a 1000 ml glassware, and dissolved in 1000 ml of water for injection at room temperature, and filtered with a 0.22 Wn microporous membrane, and then placed in a 2 ml vial. , that is, the specification is 10mg / bottle.
[制剂例 2] : 注射用冻干粉针的制备 [Formulation Example 2] : Preparation of lyophilized powder for injection
处方 1 Prescription 1
实施例 8化合物磷酸盐 10g Example 8 Compound Phosphate 10g
甘露醇 50g Mannitol 50g
注射用水加至 1000ml Add water to 1000ml
制成 1000支 Made of 1000
工艺: 将实施例 8化合物磷酸盐 10g和甘露醇 50g, 加入 1000ml玻璃器皿中, 在常温下 加入注射用水 1000ml使溶解, 用 0. 22 m微孔滤膜过滤后, 分装入 2ml西林瓶中, 每瓶灌装 lml溶液, 冷冻干燥, 即得, 规格为 10mg/瓶。 Process: 10 g of the compound of Example 8 and 50 g of mannitol were added to a 1000 ml glassware, dissolved in 1000 ml of water for injection at room temperature, and filtered through a 0.22 m microporous membrane, and then placed in a 2 ml vial. Each bottle is filled with 1ml solution, freeze-dried, that is, the specification is 10m g / bottle.
处方 2 Prescription 2
实施例 12化合物磷酸盐 20g Example 12 Compound Phosphate 20g
甘露醇 50g Mannitol 50g
注射用水加至 1000ml Add water to 1000ml
制成 1000支 Made of 1000
工艺: 将实施例 12化合物磷酸盐 20g和甘露醇 50g, 加入 1000ml玻璃器皿中, 在常温 下加入注射用水 1000ml使溶解, 用 0. 22Mm微孔滤膜过滤后, 分装入 2ml西林瓶中, 每瓶灌 装 lml溶液, 冷冻干燥, 即得, 规格为 20mg/瓶。  Process: 20 g of the compound phosphate of Example 12 and 50 g of mannitol were added to a 1000 ml glassware, dissolved in 1000 ml of water for injection at room temperature, and filtered through a 0.22 Mm microporous membrane, and then placed in a 2 ml vial. Each bottle is filled with 1 ml of solution and lyophilized to obtain a specification of 20 mg/bottle.
处方 3 Prescription 3
实施例 13化合物磷酸盐 50g Example 13 Compound Phosphate 50g
注射用水加至 1000ml Add water to 1000ml
制成 1000支 Made of 1000
工艺: 将实施例 13化合物磷酸盐 50g, 加入 1000ml玻璃器皿中, 在常温下加入注射用 水 1000ml使溶解, 用 0. 22Mm微孔滤膜过滤后, 分装入 2ml西林瓶中, 每瓶灌装 lml溶液, 冷冻干燥, 即得, 规格为 50mg/瓶。 Process: 50 g of the compound of Example 13 was added to a 1000 ml glassware, and dissolved in 1000 ml of water for injection at room temperature to dissolve, and filtered through a 0.22 Mm microporous membrane, and then filled into a 2 ml vial, each bottle was filled. Lml solution, freeze-dried, that is, the specification is 50m g / bottle.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 式 A所示化合物、 其药学可接受的盐、 溶剂化物、 异构体或前体, 1. The compound represented by formula A, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, isomer or precursor,
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
A A
其中: R包括但不限于氢、烷基、环烷基、烷氧基垸基、烷氨基垸基、杂环、 链烯基、 链炔基, 以上垸基、 环垸基、 链烯基、 链炔基、 垸氧基垸基、 垸氨基垸 基和杂环可以是未取代的, 也可以任选地被取代, 优选被卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 烷基、 烷氧基垸基、 环垸基、 垸氨基、 氨基、 杂环取代; Among them: R includes but is not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocycle, alkenyl, alkynyl, the above alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, Alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl and heterocycle may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, Cycloalkyl, alkylamino, amino, heterocyclic substitution;
R。可以存在, 也可以不存在, 当 R。存在时, R。可以是但不限于烷基、 环烷 基、 垸氧基烷基、 垸氨基垸基、 杂环、 链烯基、 链炔基, 以上烷基、 环垸基、 链 烯基、链炔基、烷氧基烷基、 垸氨基垸基和杂环可以是未取代的, 也可以任选地 被取代, 优选被卤素、 羟基、 垸氧基、 烷基、 烷氧基烷基、 环烷基、 垸氨基、 氨 基、 杂环取代, 条件是 R。中如含有不饱和键, 该不饱和键的原子不能与氮原子 直接相连; R. May exist or not exist when R. When present, R. It can be, but is not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyloxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocycle, alkenyl, alkynyl, the above alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, Alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl and heterocycle may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxyl, alkyloxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, Ethylamino, amino, heterocyclic substitution, the condition is R. If it contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly connected to the nitrogen atom;
R,和 R2可以相同或不同, 包括但不限于氢、 烷基、 环垸基、 垸氧基烷基、 垸 氨基垸基、 杂环、 链烯基、 链炔基, 以上垸基、 环烷基、 链烯基、 链炔基、 烷氧 基垸基、 垸氨基烷基和杂环可以是未取代的 , 也可以任选地被取代, 优选被卤 素、 羟基、 垸氧基、 垸基、 烷氧基垸基、 环垸基、 垸氨基、 氨基、 杂环取代, 条 件是 R。 、 或 中如含有不饱和键,该不饱和键的原子不能与氮原子直接相连; R, and R 2 may be the same or different, including but not limited to hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkyloxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl, heterocycle, alkenyl, alkynyl, the above alkyl, ring Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl and heterocycle may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxyl, alkyloxy, alkyl , alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, alkylamino, amino, heterocyclic substitution, the condition is R. , or if it contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly connected to the nitrogen atom;
1^和 R2及其所连接的氮原子还可以一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和杂环,以上 环还可以任选地与其它的环稠合,并且可以任选地被卤素、羟基、烷氧基、烷基、 烷氧基烷基、 环烷基、 杂环、 芳基取代, 条件是 或 R2中如含有不饱和键, 该 不饱和键的原子不能与氮原子直接相连; R and R 2 and the nitrogen atom to which they are connected can also form a closed saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring. The above ring can also be optionally fused with other rings, and can be optionally replaced by halogen, hydroxyl, alkane, etc. Oxygen, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl substitution, provided that or if R 2 contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly connected to the nitrogen atom;
R3可以是但不限于垸基、 环垸基、 - R3l-0-R32-, R31和 R独立地选自键或烃基, R31是与式中的氮原子相连的,条件是 R31中如含有不饱和键, 该不饱和键的原子不 能与氮原子直接相连; 以上所述烷基或环烷基可以是未取代的,也可以任选地被 取代, 优选被卤素、羟基、 烷氧基、烷基, 垸氧基垸基、环垸基、 垸氨基、氨基、 杂环等取代; R 3 can be, but is not limited to, alkyl, cycloalkyl, - R 3l -0-R 32 -, R 31 and R are independently selected from bonds or hydrocarbon groups, R 31 is connected to the nitrogen atom in the formula, provided that If R 31 contains an unsaturated bond, the atom of the unsaturated bond cannot be directly connected to the nitrogen atom; the above-mentioned alkyl or cycloalkyl group may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted. Substituted, preferably substituted by halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, acrylamino, amino, heterocycle, etc.;
3与^ R。、 R,、 R2及其所共同相连接的原子一起还可以形成闭合的饱和或不 饱和环, 该环还可以任选地与其它的环稠合, 并且可以任选地被卤素、羟基、垸 氧基、 垸基、 烷氧基垸基、 环垸基、 杂环、 芳基取代 ; 3 with ^ R. , R,, R 2 and the atoms they are connected together can also form a closed saturated or unsaturated ring. This ring can also be optionally fused with other rings, and can be optionally replaced by halogen, hydroxyl, Alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl substitution;
R4和 R5可以相同或不同, 可以是但不限于: 氢、 羟基、 烷基、 环烷基、 烷氧 基、垸氧基垸基、杂环、链烯基、链炔基, 以上垸基、链烯基、 链炔基、环烷基、 垸氧基垸基、垸氨基垸基和杂环可以是未取代的, 也可以任选地被取代, 优选被 卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 直链或支链垸基, 垸氧基垸基、 环烷基、 烷氨基、 氨基、 杂环取代; R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different, and may be but are not limited to: hydrogen, hydroxyl, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxyalkyl, heterocycle, alkenyl, alkynyl, the above alkyl Base, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, alkyloxyalkyl, alkylaminoalkyl and heterocycle may be unsubstituted or optionally substituted, preferably by halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy , straight chain or branched alkyl group, alkoxyalkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkylamino group, amino group, heterocyclic substitution;
R4和 R5及其所连接的原子还可以一起形成闭合的环,例如可以是五元、六元、 七元或八元环, 以上环还可以任选地与其它的环稠合, 并且可以任选地被取代; 其中, 当 R为 H时, !^和!^及其所连接的氮原子一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和 杂环, 或者 I ^R,及其所共同相连接的原子一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和环, 或 者 R3与 R2其所共同相连接的原子一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和的环; 或者!^与^、 及其所共同相连接的原子一起形成闭合的饱和或不饱和的环; 以上环可任选地 被卤素、 羟基、 烷氧基、 垸基、 烷氧基烷基、 环垸基、 杂环、 芳基取代且式 A化 合物不为以下 和 两个化合物: R 4 and R 5 and the atoms to which they are connected can also form a closed ring together, for example, it can be a five-membered, six-membered, seven-membered or eight-membered ring. The above ring can also be optionally fused with other rings, and can be optionally substituted; where, when R is H, ! ^and! ^ and the nitrogen atoms to which it is connected together form a closed saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring, or I ^R, and the atoms to which it is connected together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ring, or R 3 and R 2 together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ring. The atoms that are connected together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ring; or! ^ and ^, and the atoms to which they are connected together form a closed saturated or unsaturated ring; the above ring can optionally be replaced by halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkyl, alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl , heterocyclic, aryl-substituted and the compound of formula A is not the following and two compounds:
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
B2 B2
2、 根据权利要求 1的化合物, R选自氢、 C 烷基、 环烷基; R R,和 R2选 自氢、 C 8烷基、 环垸基、 垸氧基垸基、 氨基、 烷氨基垸基、 杂环; 1^可以是但 不限于: C 8烷基、 环垸基; R nR5选自氢、 羟基、 d-8烷基、 环烷基、 垸氧基、 烷氧基垸基、 杂环。 2. The compound according to claim 1, R is selected from hydrogen, C alkyl, cycloalkyl; RR, and R 2 are selected from hydrogen, C alkyl , cycloalkyl, alkyloxyalkyl, amino, and alkylamino Alkyl, heterocycle; R can be but not limited to: C 8 alkyl, cycloalkyl; R nR 5 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxyl, d -8 alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkoxy, alkoxy alkyl Base, heterocycle.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2的化合物, 其结构如式 C所示: 3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2, its structure is shown in formula C:
Figure imgf000056_0002
Figure imgf000056_0002
H2N.. H 2 N..
其中, ^ 优选但不限于: Among them, ^ is preferred but not limited to:
Figure imgf000056_0003
Figure imgf000056_0003
R5可以是但不限于 (C ) n, 其中 n=l-6, 优选是 3-5, 最优选是 4, 其中的 一些- CH2-可以被 -0-取代。 (C )„的一个或多个氢可以被卤素、 烷基、 羟基或 垸氧基等所取代,优选的化合物是(士)反式 1, 2-己、戊、丁和丙二胺合铂(11)。 R7可以是但不限于 (CH2 ) n, 其中 n=0-3, 优选 n = 0-2 , 其中的一些- (: -可 以被 -0-取代, (CH2 )„的一个或多个氢可以被卤素、 垸基、 羟基、 羟垸基或垸氧 基等所取代; R 5 may be but is not limited to (C) n , where n = 1-6, preferably 3-5, most preferably 4, and some of -CH 2 - may be substituted by -0-. One or more hydrogens of (C) can be halogen, alkyl, hydroxyl or Substituted with alkoxy groups, etc., the preferred compound is (±) trans 1,2-hexane, pentyl, butyl and propylenediamine platinum (11). R 7 can be but is not limited to (CH 2 ) n , where n=0-3, preferably n = 0-2, some of which - (: - can be replaced by -0-, one or more of (CH 2 ) Each hydrogen can be replaced by halogen, alkyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl or alkyloxy;
和1¾可以是但不限于: 氢、 卤素、 羟基、 羟垸基、 烷烃基、 烷氧基、 杂环 等, 和 可以相同或不同, 优选羟甲基; and 1¾ can be but are not limited to: hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, heterocycle, etc., and can be the same or different, preferably hydroxymethyl;
。和 Ru可以是但不限于: 氢、 卤素、 羟垸基、 垸烃基、 烷氧基、 杂环等, 优 选羟甲基; . And Ru can be but not limited to: hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkoxy, heterocycle, etc., preferably hydroxymethyl;
R12可以是但不限于 (CH2 ) „, 其中 n=2-4, 其中的一些 -CH2-可以被 -0-取代, (CH2 )„的一个或多个氢可以被卤素、 烷基、 羟基或垸氧基等所取代; R 12 may be, but is not limited to, (CH 2 )„, where n=2-4, some of -CH 2 - may be substituted by -O-, and one or more hydrogens of (CH 2 )„ may be replaced by halogen, alkane Substituted by hydroxyl group, hydroxyl group or alkyloxy group;
R13可以是 -CH2-或- 0-, 优选 -CH2-; R 13 can be -CH 2 - or - 0-, preferably -CH 2 -;
RH可以是氢、 卤素、 垸基、 烷氧基、 羟烷基或羟基, R13优选氢; RH can be hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxyalkyl or hydroxyl, R 13 is preferably hydrogen;
R15可以是但不限于 ( CH2 ) n, 其中 n=l-3、 -CH2- 0-或- 0-, ( CH2 )„的一个或多 个氢可以被烷基、 烷氧基、 羟基、 或羟烷基等所取代, 优选- CH2-0-CH2 -; R 15 may be but is not limited to (CH 2 ) n , where n = 1-3, -CH 2 - 0- or - 0-, and one or more hydrogens of (CH 2 ) can be alkyl, alkoxy , hydroxyl, or hydroxyalkyl substituted, preferably -CH 2 -0-CH 2 -;
4、 根据权利要求 3的化合物, 具有以下结构: 4. The compound according to claim 3, having the following structure:
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
T90000/M0ZN3/X3d I/ OZ OAV
Figure imgf000059_0001
T90000/M0ZN3/X3d I/OZ OAV
Figure imgf000059_0001
(J) 、 根据权利要求 1的化合物, 具有如下结构: (J), a compound according to claim 1, having the following structure:
Figure imgf000059_0002
Figure imgf000059_0002
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
T90000/M0ZN3/X3d I/ OZ OAV T90000/M0ZN3/X3d I/OZ OAV
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
09 09
T90000/M0ZN3/X3d I/ OZ OAV 61 T90000/M0ZN3/X3d I/ OZ OAV 61
Figure imgf000062_0001
WO 2014/114183
Figure imgf000062_0001
WO 2014/114183
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000063_0002
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000063_0002
Figure imgf000063_0003
Figure imgf000063_0003
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
£9 £9
T90000/M0ZN3/X3d I/ OZ OAV T90000/M0ZN3/X3d I/ OZ OAV
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
6、根据权利要求 1一 5任一项的化合物, 其为药学可接受盐的形式, 优选的 药学可接受的盐为硝酸盐、碳酸盐、硫酸盐、磷酸盐、 甲磺酸盐、三氟甲磺酸盐、 对甲苯磺酸盐、 苯磺酸盐、 乙酸盐、 富马酸盐、 酒石酸盐、 草酸盐、 马来酸盐、 苹果酸盐、 琥珀酸盐、 乳酸盐、 枸橼酸盐、 谷氨酸盐、 天冬氨酸盐。 6. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which is in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. Preferred pharmaceutically acceptable salts are nitrates, carbonates, sulfates, phosphates, methanesulfonates, and trisulfates. Fluomethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, acetate, fumarate, tartrate, oxalate, maleate, malate, succinate, lactate, Citrate, glutamate, aspartate.
7、 一种药物组合物, 含有权利要求 1-6中任一项的化合物和药学可接受载 体, 组合物可以是任何合适的剂型, 优选是注射剂的形式; 并且组合物中还可以 含有或不含有一种或多种其他的治疗癌症的药物。 7. A pharmaceutical composition containing a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The composition may be in any suitable dosage form, preferably in the form of an injection; and the composition may or may not contain Contains one or more other medicines used to treat cancer.
8、 权利要求 1中化合物的制备方法, 包括以下步骤: 8. The method for preparing the compound of claim 1, comprising the following steps:
( 1 ): 取氯亚铂酸钾加水, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取碘化钾加水溶解后投入到上 述氯亚铂酸钾溶液中, 充氮下避光、 水浴条件进行反应; (1): Take potassium chloroplatinite and add water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take potassium iodide, add water to dissolve, then put it into the above-mentioned potassium chloroplatinite solution, and perform the reaction under nitrogen-filled conditions in a water bath, protected from light;
( 2 ): 取 R4NH2加水溶解后滴加到 (1 ) 的反应液中, 水浴条件下进行反应; (2): Dissolve R 4 NH 2 in water and add it dropwise to the reaction solution in (1), and carry out the reaction under water bath conditions;
(3): 将反应液冷却至室温以下, 取1^¾加水溶解后滴加到 (2) 的反应液 中, 水浴反应, 有大量黄色沉淀生成, 将反应液内温度冷却到室温以下抽滤, 洗 涤, 得二碘二胺合铂 (II ); (3): Cool the reaction solution to below room temperature, dissolve 1^¾ in water and add dropwise to the reaction solution in (2). React in a water bath. A large amount of yellow precipitate will be generated. Cool the temperature in the reaction solution to below room temperature and filter with suction. , wash Polyester, to obtain diiododiamine platinum (II);
(4): 取 Ag2S0j]n入水中搅拌, 取上述二碘二胺合铂 (Π ) 投入反应液中, 再加入水, 充氮下避光水浴条件下反应, 抽滤得二水二胺合铂 (II ) ·硫酸盐; (4): Take Ag 2 S0j]n and stir it into water. Take the above-mentioned diiododiamine platinum (Π) and put it into the reaction solution, then add water, react under nitrogen-filled water bath conditions in the dark, and suction filtrate to obtain dihydrate Amine platinum (II) · sulfate;
(5): 取丙二酸二乙酯, 和 Br-R3-Br置于烧瓶中,加入 K2C03, 四丁基溴化铵 搅拌, 加热反应, 抽滤,除去固体并洗涤,合并滤液, 洗涤有机层, 干燥, 减压蒸 馏溶剂, 收集馏出物; (5): Take diethyl malonate, and Br-R 3 -Br in a flask, add K 2 CO 3 , stir with tetrabutylammonium bromide, heat the reaction, filter with suction, remove the solid and wash, and combine filtrate, wash the organic layer, dry, distill the solvent under reduced pressure, and collect the distillate;
(6): 取 2- Br- R3-丙二酸二乙酯置于烧瓶中,加入无水1«:03, 和乙腈搅拌, (6): Put 2-Br-R 3 -diethyl malonate into a flask, add anhydrous 1«:0 3 and stir with acetonitrile.
加入反应液中,加热反应, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入有机溶剂溶解, 水溶 液洗涤, 有机层干燥, 减压抽除溶剂, 得产物,纯化; Add to the reaction solution, heat the reaction, filter out the insoluble matter, drain the filtrate, add an organic solvent to dissolve, wash with the aqueous solution, dry the organic layer, remove the solvent under reduced pressure, and obtain the product, which is purified;
( 7): 取 (6) 的产物置于烧瓶中,加入 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌; (7): Put the product of (6) into a flask, add NaOH solution, and stir at room temperature;
(8): 取 (7 ) 产物, 用酸溶液调节 pH, 再加入上述 (4) 的产物, 加热反 应即得; (8): Take the product of (7), adjust the pH with an acid solution, then add the product of the above (4), and heat the reaction to obtain it;
或者包括以下步骤: Or include the following steps:
( 1 ): 取氯亚铂酸钾加水, 室温下搅拌溶解, 取碘化钾加水溶解后投入到上 述氯亚铂酸钾溶液中, 充氮下避光水浴条件进行反应; (1): Take potassium chloroplatinite and add water, stir and dissolve at room temperature, take potassium iodide, add water and dissolve it, then put it into the above potassium chloroplatinite solution, and carry out the reaction in a dark water bath under nitrogen filling;
(2): 取双齿氨 NH2-X-NH2加水溶解后滴加到 (1 ) 的反应液中, 水浴反应, 有大量黄色沉淀生成, 将反应液内温度冷却到室温以下抽滤, 洗涤, 得双齿二碘 二胺合铂 (II ); (2): Dissolve the bidentate ammonia NH 2 -X-NH 2 in water and add it dropwise to the reaction solution in (1). After the water bath reaction, a large amount of yellow precipitate will be generated. Cool the temperature of the reaction solution below room temperature and filter with suction. After washing, bidentate diiododiamine platinum (II) is obtained;
( 3): 取 Ag2S0jJD入水中搅拌, 取上述二碘二胺合铂 (II ) 投入反应液中, 再加入水, 充氮下避光水浴条件下反应, 抽滤得二水二胺合铂 (II ) ·硫酸盐; (3): Take A g2 S0jJD and stir it in water. Take the above diiododiamine platinum (II) and put it into the reaction solution. Then add water, react in a nitrogen-filled water bath in the dark, and filter it to obtain dihydrate diamine platinum (II). Platinum (II) sulfate;
(4): 取丙二酸乙酯, 和 Br-R3- Br置于烧瓶中,加入 K2C03, 四丁基溴化铵搅 拌, 加热反应, 抽滤,除去固体并洗涤,合并滤液, 洗涤有机层, 干燥, 减压蒸馏 溶剂, 收集馏出物; (4): Take ethyl malonate, and Br-R 3 - Br in a flask, add K 2 CO 3 , stir with tetrabutylammonium bromide, heat the reaction, filter with suction, remove the solid and wash, and combine the filtrate , wash the organic layer, dry, distill the solvent under reduced pressure, and collect the distillate;
( 5): 取 2- Br- R3-丙二酸乙酯置于烧瓶中,加入无水1 2(:03, 和乙腈搅拌, 另取 ^^― 加入反应液中,加热反应, 滤除不溶物, 将滤液抽干后加入乙酸乙酯溶解, 用饱 和 NaCl水溶液洗涤, 有机层干燥, 水泵减压抽除溶剂, 纯化; (6): 取 (5 ) 的产物置于烧瓶中,加入 NaOH溶液,室温下搅拌; (5): Take 2-Br-R 3 -ethyl malonate and place it in a flask, add anhydrous 1 2 (: 0 3 ) , and stir with acetonitrile. Add another ^^- to the reaction solution, heat the reaction, and filter. Remove the insoluble matter, drain the filtrate, add ethyl acetate to dissolve, wash with saturated NaCl aqueous solution, dry the organic layer, remove the solvent under reduced pressure with a water pump, and purify; (6): Put the product of (5) into a flask, add NaOH solution, and stir at room temperature;
( 7 ): 取(6 )产物, 用酸溶液调, 再加入上述(3 )的产物, 加热反应即得。 (7): Take the product of (6), adjust it with an acid solution, add the product of the above (3), and heat the reaction to obtain it.
9、 权利要求 1-6的化合物、 其药学可接受的盐、 溶剂化物、 异构体或前体 或权利要求 8的药物组合物在制备治疗细胞增殖性疾病的药物中的用途,其中的 细胞增殖性疾病优选为癌症, 特别优选的癌症为乳腺癌、 肺癌、 结肠癌、 胃癌、 食管癌、 卵巢癌、骨肉瘤、 宫颈癌、膀胱癌、肝癌、脑瘤、 前列腺癌、 黑色素瘤。 9. The use of the compound of claims 1-6, its pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, isomer or precursor or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 8 in the preparation of drugs for the treatment of cell proliferative diseases, wherein the cells The proliferative disease is preferably cancer, and particularly preferred cancers are breast cancer, lung cancer, colon cancer, gastric cancer, esophageal cancer, ovarian cancer, osteosarcoma, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, liver cancer, brain tumors, prostate cancer, and melanoma.
10、一种试剂盒, 包括权利要求 7的药物组合物和使用说明, 还可以包括一 种或多种其他治疗癌症的药物。 10. A kit, including the pharmaceutical composition of claim 7 and instructions for use, and may also include one or more other drugs for treating cancer.
11、一种治疗细胞增殖性疾病的方法,包括给予患者以上权利要求中任一项 的药物, 细胞增殖性疾病优选为癌症。 11. A method of treating a cell proliferative disease, preferably cancer, comprising administering to a patient a medicament according to any one of the preceding claims.
PCT/CN2014/000061 2013-01-23 2014-01-17 Platinum (ii) compound for treating tumor cell proliferative disease WO2014114183A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201480002915.4A CN104995201B (en) 2013-01-23 2014-01-17 A kind of platinum for treating tumor cell proliferation disease(II)Class compound

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201310023722 2013-01-23
CN201310023722.4 2013-01-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014114183A1 true WO2014114183A1 (en) 2014-07-31

Family

ID=51226911

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/000061 WO2014114183A1 (en) 2013-01-23 2014-01-17 Platinum (ii) compound for treating tumor cell proliferative disease

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104995201B (en)
WO (1) WO2014114183A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020043144A1 (en) 2018-09-01 2020-03-05 北京硕佰医药科技有限责任公司 Phosphate of platinum compound and preparation method therefor
WO2021218892A1 (en) * 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 威海海岭生物科技有限公司 Bivalent platinum compound having novel structure and use thereof

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011006908A2 (en) * 2009-07-16 2011-01-20 Royal College Of Surgeons In Ireland Metal complexes having dual histone deacetylase inhibitory and dna-binding activity
CN102781478A (en) * 2010-02-03 2012-11-14 米韦林有限公司 Polyanionic multivalent macromolecules for intracellular targeting of proliferation and protein synthesis
CN102863474A (en) * 2011-07-09 2013-01-09 陈小平 Platinum compounds for treating cell proliferative diseases and preparation method and application thereof

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2011006908A2 (en) * 2009-07-16 2011-01-20 Royal College Of Surgeons In Ireland Metal complexes having dual histone deacetylase inhibitory and dna-binding activity
CN102781478A (en) * 2010-02-03 2012-11-14 米韦林有限公司 Polyanionic multivalent macromolecules for intracellular targeting of proliferation and protein synthesis
CN102863474A (en) * 2011-07-09 2013-01-09 陈小平 Platinum compounds for treating cell proliferative diseases and preparation method and application thereof

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
GIBSON, D. ET AL.: "Anthraquinone intercalators as carrier molecules for second-generation platinum anticancer drugs", EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 32, no. 10, 31 December 1997 (1997-12-31), pages 823 - 831, XP004172153, DOI: doi:10.1016/S0223-5234(99)80068-3 *
ZHAO, JIAN ET AL.: "Antitumor Platinum (11) Complexes Containing Platinum-Based Moieties of Present Platinum Drugs and Furoxan Groups as Nitric Oxide Donors: Synthesis, DNA Interaction, and Cytotoxicity", INORGANIC CHEMISTRY, vol. 51, no. 19, 7 September 2012 (2012-09-07), pages 10317 - 10324 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020043144A1 (en) 2018-09-01 2020-03-05 北京硕佰医药科技有限责任公司 Phosphate of platinum compound and preparation method therefor
US11661434B2 (en) 2018-09-01 2023-05-30 Beijing Showby Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Phosphate of platinum compound and preparation method therefor
WO2021218892A1 (en) * 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 威海海岭生物科技有限公司 Bivalent platinum compound having novel structure and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104995201B (en) 2017-12-22
CN104995201A (en) 2015-10-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN108210516A (en) Phosphorus platinum and its purposes in treating cancer
CN108779102A (en) For treating cancer and relevant disease and the deuterated compound of the patient's condition and combinations thereof and method
WO2014075391A1 (en) Platinum compound of malonic acid derivative having leaving group containing amino or alkylamino
TW201000486A (en) Coumarin compounds and their use for treating cancer
WO2013041014A1 (en) Platinum compound having amino- or alkylamino-containing succinic acid derivatives as leaving group, preparation method therefor, and use thereof
WO2013007172A1 (en) Platinum compounds for treating cell proliferative disease, preparation methods and uses thereof
CN104557871B (en) Arylmorpholine compounds with spiro substituents as well as preparation method and use thereof
US10745433B2 (en) Compounds for inhibiting cancer and virus
WO2014114183A1 (en) Platinum (ii) compound for treating tumor cell proliferative disease
CN103936762B (en) Morpholine quinolines, Preparation Method And The Use
US11878956B2 (en) Metal salts and uses thereof
WO2013083058A1 (en) Platinum type compound with leaving group being hydroxy acid derivative containing amino group or alkyl amino, and preparation method and use thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14743751

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14743751

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1